DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Replace "say" with "express" or "state" in inactive NT books

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-05-31 16:39:58 -04:00
parent d681a3da46
commit 671387c0ae
12 changed files with 862 additions and 862 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

2
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names Φαρὲς…Ζάρα…Ἑσρώμ…Ἀράμ 1
MAT 1 5 q5bd Βόες…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ 2 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
MAT 1 6 bp35 τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 the wife of Uriah Solomon was born after Uriah died. Alternate translation: “the widow of Uriah”
MAT 1 10 bh7r τὸν Ἀμώς 1 Amon Sometimes **Amon** is translated as “Amos.”
MAT 1 11 rj7p ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 at the deportation to Babylon If your language needs to specify who went to **Babylon**, you could say “the Israelites” or “the Israelites who lived in Judah.” Alternate translation: “when they were forced to move to Babylon” or “when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon”
MAT 1 11 rj7p ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 at the deportation to Babylon If your language needs to specify who went to **Babylon**, you could state “the Israelites” or “the Israelites who lived in Judah.” Alternate translation: “when they were forced to move to Babylon” or “when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon”
MAT 1 11 v2im Βαβυλῶνος 1 to Babylon Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylon, not just the city of Babylon.
MAT 1 12 y7cx μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 after the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md).
MAT 1 12 tx6g Σαλαθιὴλ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 Shealtiel became the father of Zerubbabel **Shealtiel** was Zerubbabel’s grandfather.

Can't render this file because it is too large.

1106
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

34
en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
View File

@ -15,11 +15,11 @@ PHP 1 5 yi9l figs-explicit τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ ε
PHP 1 5 vi1r figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας 1 The phrase **from the first day** refers to the time at which the Philippian believers first believed the gospel that Paul preached to them. This may also have been the first day that Paul preached in Philippi. Alternate translation: “from the time you first heard and believed the gospel that I preached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 5 d8hi figs-explicit ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 The phrase **until now** does not mean that the Philippian believers have now stopped partnering with Paul. Rather, it means that they are still partnering with Paul. Alternate translation: “that we are still sharing now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 s1l8 figs-explicit πεποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 having been persuaded The phrase **having been persuaded** indicates a reason that Paul thanks God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I thank God because I am confident of this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 jf4x figs-explicit ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπιτελέσει 1 the one having begun Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun a good work in you, will perfect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 u80a figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν 1 The phrase **good work in you** refers to both the initial conversion of the Philippian Christians and to God’s ongoing work in their lives through the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun his good work in you through your conversion and continuing it through the work of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 jf4x figs-explicit ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπιτελέσει 1 the one having begun Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun a good work in you, will perfect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 u80a figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν 1 The phrase **good work in you** refers to both the initial conversion of the Philippian Christians and to God’s ongoing work in their lives through the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun his good work in you through your conversion and continuing it through the work of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 qhmh ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the word **you** in [Philippians 1:2](../01/02.md).
PHP 1 6 p2a5 figs-explicit ἐπιτελέσει 1 Here, **will perfect it** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 p5pu figs-explicit ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 The phrase **the day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 p2a5 figs-explicit ἐπιτελέσει 1 Here, **will perfect it** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 6 p5pu figs-explicit ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 The phrase **the day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 7 sowf figs-idiom τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς 1 I have you in my heart The phrase, **I have you in my heart** is an idiom which expresses strong affection. If you have an equivalent expression which adequately communicates the meaning, you may use it here. If not, you can state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PHP 1 7 jn2s συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος…ὄντας 1 being partakers with me of grace Alternate translation: “sharing in grace with me”
PHP 1 7 df00 figs-abstractnouns χάριτος 1 Here, **grace** refers to the way that God kindly gives us good things that we do not deserve. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with a verb or adjective. In this context, Paul considers both his imprisonment and his ministry of defending and confirming the gospel to be gifts from God. Alternate translation: “of God's gracious gift” or “in experiencing how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ PHP 1 8 bo0r ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the b
PHP 1 9 jlyu figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with the verb form. Alternate translation: “that you will be able to love others more and more abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 9 f4q5 ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated the word **your** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
PHP 1 9 tbtt figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **understanding** with verb phrases. Alternate translation: “and that God will enable you to see the truth about Him and teach you to love wisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 10 e17g figs-explicit εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα 1 The word **what** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 10 e17g figs-explicit εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα 1 The word **what** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 10 ybw6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς 1 Here, the phrase **so that** shows that what follows this phrase is the desired result of Paul's prayer in verse nine. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the desired result of what Paul prayed in verse nine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
PHP 1 10 siv8 figs-doublet εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι 1 pure and blameless The words **pure** and **blameless** have very similar meanings. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the idea of moral purity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words and translate them as one idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
PHP 1 11 lu5n figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν 1 Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which figuratively refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 1 11 t3w4 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι 1 The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 11 t3w4 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι 1 The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 11 yq99 figs-metaphor τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **through Christ Jesus** is a metaphor meaning that Christ Jesus is the one who makes it possible for a person to be righteous and thus to do the things that a righteous person does. Alternate translation: “that Christ Jesus produces in you” or “that Christ Jesus enables you to produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 1 11 jwgb figs-abstractnouns εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **glory** and **praise** with verbs. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to glorify and praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 11 mfs6 figs-doublet εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ 1 The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you can use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ PHP 1 12 zy4g figs-explicit τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ 1 the things concerning me
PHP 1 12 q288 figs-metaphor μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν 1 have really happened for the advancement of the gospel The phrase **advancement of the gospel** figuratively refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 1 13 wi6n grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 my chains in Christ became apparent among the whole palace guard and all the others Here, the phrase **As a result** shows that what follows this phrase is the result of Paul’s circumstances which he began discussing in verse 12, namely, his imprisonment. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the result of Paul’s imprisonment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
PHP 1 13 h1ly figs-metonymy δεσμούς μου 1 my chains in Christ became apparent Paul again refers to his imprisonment in a figurative way by using the phrase **my chains**. See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PHP 1 13 f8az figs-explicit τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 13 f8az figs-explicit τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 14 a1kh τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 See how you translated **brothers** in the previous verse [1:12](../01/12.md).
PHP 1 14 eurs figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you can express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 1 14 sz29 figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 The phrase **encouraged in the Lord** means that the Philippian Christians had grown in their trust of the Lord because of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “trust the Lord more because of my chains” or “have received more courage from the Lord as a result of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 1 14 k4tm figs-activepassive καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 14 k4tm figs-activepassive καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 14 ecy8 figs-metonymy δεσμοῖς μου 1 Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PHP 1 14 v2wo figs-explicit τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **the word** refers to the message from God about Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” or “the good news” or “God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 15 sa9n 0 Some indeed even proclaim Christ Beginning in this verse, and extending to the end of [1:17](../01/17.md), Paul uses a poetic device called chiasm that could be confusing in some languages. You may need to reorder certain things in [1:15-17](../01/15.md) if it would be more natural in your language. See the UST.
@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ PHP 1 16 vnfl ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 See how you
PHP 1 17 sgss figs-abstractnouns οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας τὸν Χριστὸν καταγγέλλουσιν 1 in my chains If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **ambition** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but they proclaim Christ only to make themselves seem important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 17 j333 οὐχ ἁγνῶς 1 in my chains Alternate translation: “with wrong motives” or “from wrong motives”
PHP 1 17 z8ty figs-metonymy τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 in my chains Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PHP 1 17 tc1u figs-explicit οἰόμενοι θλῖψιν ἐγείρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say how the selfish preachers suppose that they are causing trouble to Paul. You could also start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They hope to cause me trouble in my imprisonment by their preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 17 tc1u figs-explicit οἰόμενοι θλῖψιν ἐγείρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state how the selfish preachers suppose that they are causing trouble to Paul. You could also start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They hope to cause me trouble in my imprisonment by their preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 18 dc7l figs-rquestion τί γάρ 1 The phrase **What then?** is a rhetorical question. If using a rhetorical question would be confusing in your language, consider expressing the meaning of this rhetorical question by changing it into a statement. Alternate translation: “But that does not matter!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PHP 1 18 z5ia figs-ellipsis τί γάρ 1 What then? In the rhetorical question **What then?**, Paul leaves out some words that might be necessary in some languages. If you want to use a rhetorical question here, you may want to add the words which are implied but not stated. This could be done in two ways: (1) as a rhetorical question which expects a negative answer. Alternate translation: “What does it matter what their motives are?” or “So what difference does it make?” (2) as a phrase that focuses on the result. Alternate translation: “What then is the result of this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PHP 1 18 sw24 figs-activepassive Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται 1 You can express the meaning of the passive form **is proclaimed** with an active form. Alternate translation: “we all proclaim Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 19 saze figs-explicit τοῦτό 1 Here, the word **this** refers to Paul’s current situation of being in prison and the things that accompanied it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” or “my current condition in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 19 saze figs-explicit τοῦτό 1 Here, the word **this** refers to Paul’s current situation of being in prison and the things that accompanied it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” or “my current condition in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 19 h9hf figs-abstractnouns οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 to me in deliverance If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **deliverance** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “for I know that this will result in God delivering me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 19 zr2k figs-abstractnouns ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the Spirit of Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **provision** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “by God providing to me the Spirit of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 20 fh48 figs-doublet ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα 1 according to my eager expectation and hope Both **eager expectation** and **hope** have similar meanings and together express a single idea. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the strength of his expectation. If you have a single word or phrase in your language which expresses the meaning of these two words, consider using that to express the strength of the hope in another way. Alternate translation: “sincere expectation” or “sure hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ PHP 1 24 etly figs-synecdoche τὸ δὲ ἐπιμένειν ἐν τῇ σαρ
PHP 1 24 k2j7 figs-ellipsis ἀναγκαιότερον 1 In the phrase **is more necessary** Paul leaves out the implied words “than departing” because he knows that his readers will understand them from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider supplying these omitted words in your translation. Alternate translation: “rather than departing is more necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PHP 1 24 hnl7 ὑμᾶς 1 See how you translated the word **your** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
PHP 1 25 bu8d figs-explicit καὶ τοῦτο πεποιθὼς 1 having been persuaded of this The word **this** refers back to [1:24](../01/24.md) where Paul said that he believed it was more necessary that he remain alive on earth so that he could continue helping the Philippian Christians mature in their faith. If this would be unclear in your language, consider further explaining the word **this** in your translation. Alternate translation: “And being sure that it is better for you that I remain” or “And having been convinced that I should remain here on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 25 xwl1 figs-activepassive τοῦτο πεποιθὼς 1 I know that I will remain If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because I am sure of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 25 xwl1 figs-activepassive τοῦτο πεποιθὼς 1 I know that I will remain If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because I am sure of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 25 kmp4 figs-explicit μενῶ 1 I know that I will remain Here, the word **remain** refers to remaining alive on earth in one’s body in contrast to dying and leaving the earth to be with Christ. See how you translated the word **remain** in [1:24](../01/24.md) and make the meaning the same here. Alternate translation: “I will continue living on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 1 25 hzmd figs-doublet μενῶ καὶ παραμενῶ 1 I know that I will remain These two words mean very similar things. The first is more general and the second is more specific about remaining with someone. If your language has one word for both of these meanings, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “I will continue with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
PHP 1 25 rruy figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the word **you** in [1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ PHP 1 28 l495 writing-pronouns ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδει
PHP 1 28 t225 figs-abstractnouns ἀπωλείας 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb form or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “that God will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 28 ypn8 figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίας 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verb form of this word or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 28 nb4b writing-pronouns τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 The word **this** in the phrase **this from God** could refer to: (1) what comes before it in this verse, both the courage God gives the Philippian Christians and the sign that their courage gives to those opposing them. Alternate translation: “your lack of fear and the evidence it gives is all from God” (2) the sign given to those who oppose the Philippian Christians. Alternate translation: “this sign is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
PHP 1 29 qous figs-activepassive ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ 1 You could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has graciously granted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 29 qous figs-activepassive ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ 1 you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has graciously granted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 1 30 x4z3 figs-abstractnouns τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες 1 having the same struggle which you saw in me, and now you hear in me If the abstract noun **struggle** would be confusing in your language, you can express it with a verb phrase, as the UST does, or by expressing the idea behind this word in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “facing the same strife” or “enduring the same trials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 1 30 cewf figs-metaphor τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Here, the word **struggle** is a figurative way of referring to the conflict that Paul and the Philippian believers had with people who opposed them because of their faith. Paul speaks of it here as if it were a military battle or an athletic competition. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “as you experience the same opposition from people that you saw that I experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 1 30 hnec figs-idiom εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 Here, the phrase **in me** occurs twice, both times referring to what Paul is experiencing. If this would be unclear in your language, you could express this in a way that is understandable in your language. Alternate translation: “you saw me experience and now hear that I am experiencing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ PHP 2 1 b1q7 figs-explicit εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστ
PHP 2 1 del5 figs-ellipsis εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί 1 In the three occurrences of the phrase **if any** in this verse, the missing words, “there is,” are implied and can be supplied in your translation if omitting them would cause confusion. Alternate translation: “if there is any comfort from love, if there is any fellowship of the Spirit, if there are any affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PHP 2 1 xye5 figs-abstractnouns εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **encouragement** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: “if Christ encourages you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 2 1 n82s εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the word **encouragement** could refer to: (1) “encouragement” (2) “exhortation” Alternate translation: “if there is any exhortation in Christ” (3) both the idea of “encouragement” and “exhortation” at the same time. Alternate translation: “if there is any encouragement and exhortation in Christ”
PHP 2 1 dapb figs-explicit εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase, **encouragement in Christ** probably means the encouragement that Christ gives to believers because they are in union with him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ” or “if Christ encourages you” or “because you are encouraged by being in Christ” or “since you are encouraged because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 2 1 dapb figs-explicit εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase, **encouragement in Christ** probably means the encouragement that Christ gives to believers because they are in union with him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ” or “if Christ encourages you” or “because you are encouraged by being in Christ” or “since you are encouraged because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 2 1 k1b2 figs-explicit εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if any comfort of love Here, **love** probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 2 1 d63e figs-abstractnouns εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **comfort** and **love** by using verbal forms of these words and/or using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if Christ’s love for you has comforted you” or “if being loved by Christ has comforted you” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 2 1 ub8e figs-explicit εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 The phrase **comfort of love** refers to the comfort which the Philippian believers received from Christ’s love. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have received any comfort from Christ’s love” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ PHP 2 16 fz1d figs-abstractnouns λόγον ζωῆς 1 If it would be clearer
PHP 2 16 s3z9 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 With the phrase **for my boasting on the day of Christ**, Paul introduces a reason that the Philippian believers should try to live out the things he has just told them to do in [2:12](../02/12.md) and ending with the phrase **holding forth the word of life**. Paul here gives one reason for what he has just asked them to do. He says that if they live out what he has just told them, then when Christ returns, he can be proud of the fact that he did not work in vain among them. Consider the best way in your language to show this reason-result relationship. Alternate translation: “so that I will be able to boast on the day Christ returns that I did not run in vain or labor in vain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
PHP 2 16 esvd figs-explicit εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ 1 Here, **boasting** refers to Paul being rightfully proud of God’s work in the lives of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that I may be rightfully proud of God’s work in you” or “so that I might glory in God’s work in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 2 16 heo4 εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ 1 Alternate translation: “so that I may boast” or “in order that I have good reason to glory”
PHP 2 16 q7y8 figs-explicit εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, 1 on the day of Christ The phrase **the day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 2 16 q7y8 figs-explicit εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, 1 on the day of Christ The phrase **the day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain nor labor in vain The phrases **run in vain** and **labor in vain** have very similar meanings here. Paul uses these two phrases together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ and mature in their obedience and love for him. You may translate these two phrases separately, as the ULT does, or if it would be clearer in your language, you may translate them together as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” or “I did not work hard with no lasting results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PHP 2 16 m1z7 figs-metaphor οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον 1 I did … run Here Paul uses the word **run** metaphorically to mean “work.” Here Paul specifically means that he worked for the advancement of the gospel among the Philippians. Paul uses the word **run** to bring to the Philippians' minds the image of a runner who is racing toward a finish line in order to win a prize. If this image is familiar to people in your culture, consider using this metaphor. But if this image is not familiar to your readers, consider stating this idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “I did not work for the advancement of the gospel uselessly” or “I did not work for the spread of the good news for nothing” or “I did not run the race uselessly”( See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 2 16 wyyg figs-abstractnouns εἰς κενὸν…εἰς κενὸν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **vain** using an adjectival phrase. Alternate translation: “with no results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ PHP 2 17 p9km grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ 1 **But ev
PHP 2 17 j2ov translate-symaction σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice** uses imagery from the Old Testament Jewish sacrificial system. A priest would sacrifice an animal on the altar as a burnt offering to God and then pour out wine as a drink offering to God, in order to make the sacrifice complete. See [Num 28:7](../num/28/07.md). If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, consider using it here, but if this imagery would be confusing in your culture, consider translating this imagery using plain language. Alternate translation: “I work and give my life for your sake in order to complete the sacrificial service of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
PHP 2 17 xlv0 figs-metaphor σπένδομαι 1 Paul uses the phrase **I am being poured out as an offering** to figuratively depict his imprisonment and suffering for the advancement of the gospel. Paul probably is also thinking of the fact that he could be killed in the future for preaching the gospel. If this metaphor would not be clear in your language, consider using plain language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 2 17 ji4w figs-abstractnouns σπένδομαι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **offering** by using a verbal form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 2 17 thi0 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “on your sacrifice and service which you offer because you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 2 17 thi0 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “on your sacrifice and service which you offer because you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 2 17 ip8i figs-hendiadys ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 The words **sacrifice** and **service** express a single idea by using two words connected by **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning as a single idea or phrase. Alternate translation: “to complete your sacrificial service which you offer because you believe the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
PHP 2 17 s1j9 χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **I rejoice and rejoice with you all** is Paul’s summary of his attitude toward his hard work and suffering on behalf of the Philippians, which he described in [2:16](../02/16.md) and in this verse.
PHP 2 18 bicj figs-explicit τὸ…αὐτὸ 1 The phrase **in the same manner** refers to the Philippian Christians rejoicing in the same manner that Paul said he would rejoice in previous verse [2:17](../02/17.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way that I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ PHP 3 8 cez0 ἡγοῦμαι 2 See how you translated the word **consider** e
PHP 3 8 ovd9 translate-unknown σκύβαλα 1 During Paul’s time this word was used to refer to excrement and things which were considered worthless and worthy of being thrown out. In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the term **dung** was a crude term that referred to things that were discarded as garbage, including dung, and the specific meaning was determined by context. Here, this word could be referring to: (1) excrement, since in the preceding verses Paul has been discussing what comes from the flesh. Alternate translation: “excrement” or “crap” (2) garbage, since Paul is discussing what he now considers worth throwing away in order to gain and know Christ. Alternate translation: “garbage” or “refuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
PHP 3 8 vgf5 κερδήσω 1 See how you translated the word **gains** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
PHP 3 8 h3kq grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω 1 The phrase **so that** is a purpose clause. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of gaining Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
PHP 3 9 iy4k figs-activepassive καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 be found in him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 3 9 iy4k figs-activepassive καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 be found in him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 3 9 ubvr figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. Alternate translation: “not being able to please God by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 3 9 w62g figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. Alternate translation: “but that which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 3 9 g9a9 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 not having my own righteousness that is from the law Here, the word **that** refers to “righteousness.” Paul assumes his readers will know this from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness which is through faith in Christ” or “but the righteousness which comes by faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ PHP 4 16 lqor figs-ellipsis εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατ
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your account At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning figuratively to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω…πάντα 1 I have everything in full The phrase **I have everything in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **everything** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
PHP 4 18 en6t figs-explicit περισσεύω 1 I abound The phrase **I abound** means that Paul has more than enough of the things that he needs for himself. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have more than enough of the the things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 4 18 p6y1 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 4 18 p6y1 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 4 18 hte4 translate-names Ἐπαφροδίτου 1 I abound **Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ 1 an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God Here Paul speaks figuratively of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν 1 will fulfill all your needs The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 220 and column 168.

2
en_tn_52-COL.tsv
View File

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ COL 1 3 g0sn figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Here, **always** is an exaggeratio
COL 1 4 z6eb figs-abstractnouns ἀκούσαντες τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 your faith in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “having heard that you are trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 4 gjwb figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους, 1 your faith in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens Here, **hope** refers not only to the attitude of hopefulness but also to what the believer hopes for, that is, what God has promised to give to all believers. If **hope** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
COL 1 5 bmpc figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκειμένην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
COL 1 5 bmpc figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκειμένην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
COL 1 5 xn8s figs-possession τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth, the gospel Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 1 5 ir6k figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 the word of truth, the gospel Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
COL 1 6 p5rv figs-personification τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the good news is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
17 COL 1 4 z6eb figs-abstractnouns ἀκούσαντες τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 your faith in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “having heard that you are trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18 COL 1 4 gjwb figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους, 1 your faith in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
19 COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens Here, **hope** refers not only to the attitude of hopefulness but also to what the believer hopes for, that is, what God has promised to give to all believers. If **hope** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20 COL 1 5 bmpc figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκειμένην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21 COL 1 5 xn8s figs-possession τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth, the gospel Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
22 COL 1 5 ir6k figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 the word of truth, the gospel Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23 COL 1 6 p5rv figs-personification τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the good news is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

104
en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 3 amp4 προσμεῖναι ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 remain in Ephesus Alternate translation: “wait for me there in the city of Ephesus”
1TI 1 3 t112 translate-names Ἐφέσῳ 1 Ephesus **Ephesus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TI 1 3 t113 τισὶν 1 certain ones Alternate translation: “certain people”
1TI 1 3 v4g2 figs-explicit ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν 1 teach differently The implication is that these people were not teaching in a different way, but teaching different things than what Paul and Timothy taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a different doctrine from what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 3 v4g2 figs-explicit ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν 1 teach differently The implication is that these people were not teaching in a different way, but teaching different things than what Paul and Timothy taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a different doctrine from what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 4 pw2h μύθοις 1 fables These **myths** were fanciful stories of some kind, perhaps about the supposed exploits of various spiritual beings. But since we no longer know exactly what these stories were about, it would probably be best to use a general term for them. Alternate translation: “made-up stories”
1TI 1 4 qpv9 figs-hyperbole γενεαλογίαις ἀπεράντοις 1 endless genealogies Paul uses the term **endless** as an exaggeration to emphasize that these are very long. Alternate translation: “lists of names that seem as if they will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TI 1 4 ft33 γενεαλογίαις 1 genealogies Usually, the term **genealogies** refers to a record of a person’s ancestors. However, in this case it could also mean a record of the supposed ancestors of spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “lists of names”
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 5 myi5 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help Timothy understand the purpose of what he is commanding him. You can translate it with a word or phrase in your language that introduces background information.
1TI 1 5 iwnk grammar-connect-logic-goal τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν 1 Now the goal of this command is Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TI 1 5 l7un τῆς παραγγελίας 1 command Here, **this command** refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
1TI 1 5 i9rs figs-explicit ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can say “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 5 i9rs figs-explicit ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can state “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 5 t123 figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 1 5 ar8t συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 a good conscience Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **a sincere faith**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God. (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 some, having missed the mark Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away to Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 7 kz8x grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ νοοῦντες 1 not understanding If the contrast is not clear in your language between what these people want to be (teachers of the law) and their ability to do it, you may want to mark the contrast. Alternate translations: “but not understanding” or “and yet they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not … either … or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 1 7 t132 figs-parallelism ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 8 t134 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται 1 if one uses it lawfully Alternate translations: “if a person uses it correctly” or “if a person uses it in the way that God intended”
1TI 1 9 xs94 εἰδὼς τοῦτο 1 knowing this Alternate translation: “we also know this”
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται 1 the law is not made for the righteous If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται 1 the law is not made for the righteous If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 9 dl5l figs-nominaladj δικαίῳ 1 the righteous Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun, to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 1 9 t139 figs-nominaladj ἀνόμοις δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις 1 the lawless and the rebellious, the ungodly and the sinful, the godless and the profane Paul is also using these adjectives as nouns to refer to the classes of people that they describe. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate each of these adjectives with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who break the law, people who defy authority, people who do not honor God, people who commit sins, people who live as if God did not matter, people who live as if nothing was sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 1 9 t141 πατρολῴαις καὶ μητρολῴαις, ἀνδροφόνοις 1 father-killers and mother-killers, man-slayers In this list Paul uses several compound words to express his meaning concisely and vividly. In each case the first term in the compound, a noun, is the object of the second term in the compound, a verb. Three of these compound words are in this verse, and two more are in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand these terms, you could translate them either with single terms or with phrases. Alternate translations: “patricides and matricides, murders” or “people who kill other people, even their own fathers and mothers”
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 10 gg42 καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται 1 and if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching Here Paul leaves out some of the words that, in many languages, a sentence would need to be complete. He means that if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching, then the law is made for people who do that, too. Alternate translation: “and for people who do anything else that is against wholesome teaching”
1TI 1 10 t147 figs-metonymy τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 healthy teaching The phrase **healthy teaching** is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 1 11 mg4t τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου Θεοῦ 1 to the gospel of glory of the blessed God This phrase could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: “the gospel about the glory that belongs to the blessed God” or “the glorious gospel about the blessed God”
1TI 1 11 a58d figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγώ 1 with which I have been entrusted If your readers would misunderstand what had been entrusted to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for which God made me responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 11 a58d figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγώ 1 with which I have been entrusted If your readers would misunderstand what had been entrusted to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for which God made me responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 12 t150 χάριν ἔχω 1 I have gratitude to Alternate translation: “I thank”
1TI 1 12 uu6n πιστόν με ἡγήσατο 1 he considered me trustworthy Alternate translation: “he believed that he could rely on me”
1TI 1 12 ff1n figs-metaphor θέμενος εἰς διακονίαν 1 placing me into service Paul speaks of the task of serving God as if it were a location that one could be placed in. Alternate translations: “he assigned me to serve him” or “he appointed me as his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -59,39 +59,39 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 13 gbd4 figs-explicit διώκτην 1 a persecutor Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “a person who persecuted those who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 13 k85c figs-explicit ὑβριστήν 1 an aggressor Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. Alternate translations: “a violent person” or “a person who used violence against those who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 13 rq2m grammar-connect-logic-result ἠλεήθην, ὅτι ἀγνοῶν, ἐποίησα ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ 1 I was shown mercy because not knowing, I acted in unfaithfulness If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could change the order since the second phrase, “not knowing,” gives the reason for the action that the first phrase, “I was shown mercy,” describes. Alternate translation: “I did not act the way God would have trusted me to act, but that was because I did not know what I was doing, and so Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 1 13 nv6k figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 13 nv6k figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 14 t158 δὲ 1 Indeed Paul here uses the word **indeed** to introduce an expanded description of the way Jesus treated him mercifully even though he persecuted the followers of Jesus. This description will help Timothy and the other believers in Ephesus to understand how great the mercy of Jesus is. Alternate translation: “in fact”
1TI 1 14 c1lg figs-metaphor ὑπερεπλεόνασεν…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord overflowed Paul speaks of the **grace** of Jesus as if it were a liquid that fills a container until it flows over the top. Alternate translation: “Jesus showed me unlimited grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 14 z5lv figs-idiom μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus This could refer to: (1) faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 1 15 z48s πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy In this context, the term **word** refers to an entire statement. Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
1TI 1 15 rh2r καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
1TI 1 15 rh2r καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
1TI 1 15 t163 figs-quotemarks Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι 1 Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners Paul uses this phrase as a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow, “Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners,” with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1TI 1 15 t164 ὧν πρῶτός εἰμι ἐγώ 1 of whom I am the first Here the term **first** has the sense of the superlative example of a class, in this case a negative class. Alternate translation: “and I am the worst one of all”
1TI 1 16 z5kg figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 16 z5kg figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 16 epe2 ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ 1 so that in me, the first Alternate translation: “so that through me, the worst sinner of all”
1TI 1 17 k9sc δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce a change in what he is writing. As a result of what he has been teaching Timothy, he now writes a blessing to and about God. Use a word to indicate this change in your language, such as “so” or “now.”
1TI 1 17 ts5z figs-abstractnouns τιμὴ καὶ δόξα 1 be honor and glory If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **grace**, you could express the ideas behind the them with verbs. Alternate translation: “may people honor and glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 18 ijn8 figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν παρατίθεμαί σοι 1 This command I am placing before you Paul speaks of his instructions as if he could physically put them in front of Timothy. Alternate translations: “I am entrusting you with this command” or “this is what I am commanding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and **child**. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 18 y6jg κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you If your readers would misunderstand how these prophecies happened, you could say who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
1TI 1 18 y6jg κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you If your readers would misunderstand how these prophecies happened, you could state who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 fight the good fight Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 holding faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 ly6q figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could state as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 regarding the faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus … Alexander **Hymenaeus** and **Alexander** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I have given over to Satan Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 20 az10 figs-explicit οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive ἵνα παιδευθῶσι 1 so that they may be taught If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive ἵνα παιδευθῶσι 1 so that they may be taught If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 intro c6rf 0 # 1 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br><br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Other scholars believe that God wants women to use the gifts He gives them on an equal basis with men. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
1TI 2 1 yk2z figs-idiom πρῶτον πάντων 1 first of all As in [1:15](../01/15.md), the term **first** figuratively means the superlative example of a class. Alternate translation: “most importantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 2 1 iag7 παρακαλῶ 1 I urge Alternate translation: “I encourage” or “I exhort”
1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας 1 for requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to be made If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action and who would receive the action. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας 1 for requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to be made If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action and who would receive the action. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 1 t183 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 2 2 g4va figs-doublet ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον 1 a peaceful and quiet life The terms **peaceful** and **quiet** mean the same thing. Paul uses them together for emphasis. He wants all believers to be able to live their lives without having trouble with the authorities. If your readers would misunderstand these terms, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “an undisturbed life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TI 2 2 pb58 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 in all godliness and dignity If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **godliness** and **dignity** with phrases that use verbs such as “honor” and “respect.” Alternate translation: “that honors God and that other people will respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 3 t186 figs-doublet καλὸν καὶ ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον…Θεοῦ 1 good and acceptable before God The terms **good** and **acceptable** mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think that having both terms in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “very pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TI 2 4 i3ze figs-activepassive ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 1 who desires all men to be saved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who wants to save everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 4 i3ze figs-activepassive ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 1 who desires all men to be saved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who wants to save everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 4 t188 figs-gendernotations πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 all men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 2 4 n26m figs-metaphor εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν 1 to come to the knowledge of the truth Paul speaks of learning the truth about God as if it were a place where people could **come**. Alternate translation: “to know and accept what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 2 5 t666 translate-unknown εἷς καὶ μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 and one mediator of God and of men A **mediator** is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Alternate translation: “and one person who is able to reconcile God and people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 6 fm1c figs-explicit τὸ μαρτύριον 1 the testimony If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit that this demonstrated specifically that God wants to save all people. Alternate translation: “as the proof that God wants to save all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 2 6 fq7r figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the time that God had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 2 7 qxv9 εἰς ὃ 1 for which Here, **which** refers back to the testimony about God in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “of this testimony”
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος 1 I was made a herald and an apostle If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος 1 I was made a herald and an apostle If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 7 cbn6 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you could use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 2 7 qa8d figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 2 7 hb97 ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Alternate translation: “as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
1TI 2 7 t201 figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 2 7 t202 ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This term **the nations** refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “of the Gentiles” or “of non-Jewish people groups”
@ -122,16 +122,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 11 gb7a figs-idiom ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 in quietness Paul may be saying that he wants the women to listen rather than to speak. Alternate translation: “by listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 2 11 c7sh ἐν πάσῃ ὑποταγῇ 1 in all submission Alternate translation: “and submit to the authority of the teacher”
1TI 2 12 t216 εἶναι ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 to be in quietness As in [2:11](../02/11.md), Paul may be saying that he wants the women to listen rather than to speak. Alternate translation: “she should listen quietly”
1TI 2 13 iv31 figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ…πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη 1 Adam was formed first If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God created Adam first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 13 iv31 figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ…πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη 1 Adam was formed first If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God created Adam first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 13 v7v6 figs-ellipsis εἶτα Εὕα 1 then Eve Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and then God created Eve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 came into transgression If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **transgression**, you could express the ideas behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 15 krx4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 2 15 t222 σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” Later in the sentence, **they** refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through childbearing This could mean: (1) people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). Alternate translation: “God will save women as they attend to their families” (3) a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translation: “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
1TI 2 15 i0ap figs-synecdoche διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they remain Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and holiness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with self-control Here, **with self-control** could mean: (1) with good judgment. (2) with modesty. (3) with clear thinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 9 jda1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον 1 the mystery Paul uses the abstract noun **mystery** to refer to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was revealing at that moment. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this term with a verb such as “reveal.” Alternate translation: “what God has now revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 9 rfv7 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως 1 the mystery of the faith Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them also be tested first If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them also be tested first If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας 1 the women This could mean: (1) deacons’ wives. (2) female deacons.
1TI 3 11 q5qx σεμνάς 1 dignified Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
1TI 3 11 a12k μὴ διαβόλους 1 not slanderers Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 16 w473 μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 1 great is the mystery of godliness While in most of this letter Paul uses the term **godliness** to describe godly living, in this instance the term instead seems to describe the reverence for God that would lead a person to live a right life. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed, that leads us to worship him, is great”
1TI 3 16 t271 figs-explicit μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 1 great is the mystery of godliness Since Paul follows this statement by quoting a hymn or poem about the life of Jesus, the implication is that he sees Jesus as having made it possible for people to worship God in the most genuine way. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed about why we worship Jesus is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 3 16 y8sp writing-poetry ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι, ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 Who was revealed in flesh, was justified in the Spirit, was seen by angels, was proclaimed among the nations, was believed in the world, was taken up in glory. This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as through line-by-line formatting, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
1TI 3 16 m4xi figs-activepassive ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί 1 Who was revealed in flesh If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 m4xi figs-activepassive ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί 1 Who was revealed in flesh If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 rqp6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκί 1 in flesh Paul uses the term **flesh** figuratively here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 3 16 gm36 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι 1 was justified in the Spirit If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 fn1k figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις 1 was seen by angels If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 c3wx figs-activepassive ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν 1 was proclaimed among the nations If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people in many nations told others about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 h9mb figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 was believed in the world If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people throughout the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 jz11 figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 gm36 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι 1 was justified in the Spirit If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 fn1k figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις 1 was seen by angels If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 c3wx figs-activepassive ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν 1 was proclaimed among the nations If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people in many nations told others about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 h9mb figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 was believed in the world If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people throughout the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 jz11 figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 mr3a figs-abstractnouns ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory The abstract noun **glory** refers to the way Jesus received power from God the Father and is worthy of honor. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this term with an adjective such as “powerful” and a verb such as “admire.” Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven, making him powerful and making everyone admire him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 4 intro b39h 0 # 1 Timothy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Paul speaks in [4:14](../04/14.md) of prophecy. A “prophecy” is a message that God communicates to people through someone to whom He has given a special gift of hearing and conveying these messages. The specific prophecy that Paul describes revealed how Timothy would become a gifted leader of the church. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Cultural practices<br><br>In verse 14 Paul speaks of church leaders placing their hands on Timothy. That was one way of indicating publicly that a person was being placed in a leadership position in the church.<br><br>### Variation in names<br><br>In this chapter Paul speaks of church leaders called “elders.” They seem to be the same kind of leaders that he calls “overseers” in chapter 3.
1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help Timothy and the believers in Ephesus understand the next part of his letter. The false teachings that Timothy must oppose are something that the Spirit has already predicted. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance.
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 1 ae5w figs-doublet πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 1 deceiving spirits and teachings of demons These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TI 4 2 pw29 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων 1 in false-speaking hypocrisy If your readers would misunderstand what this phrase refers to, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
1TI 4 2 u2f4 figs-metaphor κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν 1 their own consciences having been seared Paul is speaking figuratively of these people as if their sense of right and wrong had been ruined like skin that someone had burned with a hot iron. Alternate translation: “they will not have any sense of right and wrong any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 2 t288 figs-activepassive κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν 1 their own consciences having been seared If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will be people who have destroyed their sense of right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 2 t288 figs-activepassive κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν 1 their own consciences having been seared If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will be people who have destroyed their sense of right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 3 t289 κωλυόντων γαμεῖν 1 forbidding to marry If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “these people teach that it is wrong to marry”
1TI 4 3 wd2l figs-explicit κωλυόντων γαμεῖν 1 forbidding to marry The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid believers to **marry**. Alternate translation: “these people will forbid believers to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 3 t291 figs-ellipsis ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων 1 to abstain from foods Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He does not mean that these false teachers will forbid believers to abstain from certain foods, but that the false teachers will require them to abstain from certain foods. In other words, the meaning of **forbidding** does not carry forward from the previous clause; rather, the meaning of “requiring” should be supplied. Alternate translation: “they will require believers to abstain from certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -211,16 +211,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 3 t295 figs-nominaladj ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the ones knowing the truth Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who understand the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 4 4 pppf grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The word **For** communicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul just said. Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “that is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 4 4 dv4s figs-distinguish πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλόν 1 every creature of God is good If your readers would misunderstand the phrase**every creation**, you could express the idea behind the expression **creation of God** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “everything that God created is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TI 4 4 a15j figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον 1 nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 4 a15j figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον 1 nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 5 gwcs grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 The word **for** communicates that what follows is the reason for the last part of what Paul has just said. In other words, it is the reason why “nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile.” Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 4 5 m5mb figs-activepassive ἁγιάζεται 1 it is sanctified If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “it becomes holy” or “it is suitable to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 5 m5mb figs-activepassive ἁγιάζεται 1 it is sanctified If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “it becomes holy” or “it is suitable to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 5 fhd6 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου Θεοῦ 1 by the word of God In this context, the term **word** has a specific meaning. It refers to the pronouncement that God made in his word that everything that he created was good. Alternate translation: “because of what God said about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 4 5 t300 figs-explicit καὶ ἐντεύξεως 1 and prayer In context, the implication is that this refers to prayers of thanksgiving to God for food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because of the thanks that people offer to God for it in prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 5 t300 figs-explicit καὶ ἐντεύξεως 1 and prayer In context, the implication is that this refers to prayers of thanksgiving to God for food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because of the thanks that people offer to God for it in prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 6 ks5x figs-metaphor ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 Placing these things before the brothers Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were objects that could be physically placed in front of the other believers. Alternate translation: “if you help the believers remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 6 hfx3 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the teaching that began in [3:16](../03/16.md).
1TI 4 6 h6qr figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 before the brothers Paul is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes men and women. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 4 6 uyeb figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers The term **the brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 6 t304 figs-activepassive ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 6 t304 figs-activepassive ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 6 f8vs figs-metaphor ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed Paul speaks of these statements and teachings as if they could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 6 ny78 figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας 1 by the words of the faith and of the good teaching Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 4 7 th4i τοὺς…βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους 1 the profane and old-womanish myths See how you translated **myths** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **profane** in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “foolish, made-up stories in which nothing is sacred”
@ -239,12 +239,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 10 t322 figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”
1TI 4 12 t325 ἐν λόγῳ 1 in word In this context, the term **word** means “what you say.” Alternate translation: “in your speech”
1TI 4 13 t326 figs-explicit πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 13 t326 figs-explicit πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 attend to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **reading**, **exhortation**, and **teaching**, you can translate them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in your meeting there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 4 14 i1ka figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἀμέλει 1 You can translate this phrase in a positive way if that is more natural for your language. Alternate translations: “continue to use” or “make sure you develop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 4 14 t22x figs-metaphor μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God’s **gift**. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-explicit μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you The implication is that this **gift** is the ability that God has given Timothy for ministry. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 14 xp1k figs-activepassive ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας 1 which was given to you through prophecy If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 14 xp1k figs-activepassive ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας 1 which was given to you through prophecy If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 14 rr8f translate-symaction ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου 1 with the imposition of the hands of the elders Paul is speaking of a ceremony during which the church leaders put their **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do. Alternate translation: “when the elders all laid their hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1TI 4 15 sbcg figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these things** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 15 m65m figs-metaphor ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι 1 Study these things, be in them Paul is speaking figuratively as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -279,12 +279,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 7 qw6m καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
1TI 5 8 p7h2 figs-idiom τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ 1 someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 8 y645 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται 1 he has denied the faith Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus and obeying him. Paul explains that this action would be equivalent to denying all of this. Alternate translations: “by doing that, he denies that he belongs to Jesus” or “he has shown that he does not follow the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 8 evm7 figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων 1 is worse than an unbeliever The implication is that this person is **worse than an unbeliever** because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 9 s8ql figs-activepassive χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 Let a widow be enrolled If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 9 khe1 figs-explicit χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 8 evm7 figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων 1 is worse than an unbeliever The implication is that this person is **worse than an unbeliever** because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 9 s8ql figs-activepassive χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 Let a widow be enrolled If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 9 khe1 figs-explicit χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 9 i27x figs-litotes μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα 1 being not less than sixty years old Paul is using the figure of speech **not less than** here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “if she is at least sixty years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1TI 5 9 q9dj figs-idiom ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this could mean: (1) she has only one husband. Alternate translation: “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) she was only married once. If it means this second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men. Alternate translation: “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 10 l8nm figs-activepassive ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη 1 attested in good works If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 10 l8nm figs-activepassive ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη 1 attested in good works If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 10 mik7 ἐξενοδόχησεν 1 has received strangers Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “practiced hospitality”
1TI 5 10 ygl3 translate-symaction ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1TI 5 10 t366 figs-synecdoche ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints Paul may be using one type of humble service figuratively to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 14 u94k τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ 1 the one opposing This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 having … turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 16 g8k5 figs-nominaladj τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **believing woman**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 16 mf4s figs-explicit ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 16 mf4s figs-explicit ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-nominaladj οἱ κοπιῶντες 1 the ones toiling Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **toiling**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. This could refer to: (1) any believers who are sinning. Alternate translation: “believers who are sinning” (2) elders. Alternate translation: “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 20 db63 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον…πάντων 1 before all Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 20 t404 figs-idiom φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 may have fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 21 x0zp διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 I adjure you, before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels By calling on **God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels** as witnesses to what Paul is saying, Paul is making Timothy responsible to God to do what he says. If this is not clear, then put this into the form that your language uses for an oath. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are my witnesses, I put you under oath”
1TI 5 21 t405 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -341,13 +341,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 25 pd8v figs-explicit καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 good works are also evident Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 25 qlu5 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The implication of **good works** is that these works are considered **good** because they are consistent with God’s character, purposes, and will. Alternate translation: “actions that God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden Paul speaks of good works as if they were objects that someone could hide. Alternate translation: “and people will find out later about even those good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 25 t420 figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and people who secretly do good works will not be able to hide them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 25 bb2t figs-doublenegatives κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … hidden**, you can say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 5 25 t420 figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and people who secretly do good works will not be able to hide them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 25 bb2t figs-doublenegatives κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … hidden**, you can express this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>In this chapter Paul teaches slaves about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving their masters. This does not mean that he is endorsing slavery as a good thing or as something that God approves of. Instead, Paul is encouraging believers to be godly and content in every situation that they are in. This does not mean that they cannot also work to change those situations.
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 As many slaves as are under the yoke Paul speaks of people who work as **slaves** as though they were oxen plowing or pulling with a **yoke** around their necks. Alternate translation: “concerning people who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν…δοῦλοι 1 as many … as are The implication in context is that Paul is speaking about believers who are slaves. Alternate translation: “All the believers who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 1 e3ce ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this negative phrase, you could say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach”
1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 1 e3ce ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this negative phrase, you could express this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach”
1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 1 f5pc figs-explicit ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching Implicitly Paul means **the teaching** about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 2 fvv7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί εἰσιν 1 they are brothers Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 3 t431 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 to the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 3 sshf τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This could refer to: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
1TI 6 4 pn8n figs-metaphor τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 4 t433 figs-activepassive τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **puffed up**, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 4 t433 figs-activepassive τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **puffed up**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 4 t434 figs-gendernotations τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Here, **he** refers to anyone in general who teaches what is not correct. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 6 4 z2rb figs-hyperbole μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος 1 understanding nothing Paul uses the term **nothing** here as a generalization for emphasis. It is specifically God’s true message that the person does not understand. Alternate translation: “he understands nothing about God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TI 6 4 qu86 figs-metaphor νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις 1 ailing about controversies and word-battles Paul speaks of people who feel compelled to engage in useless arguments as if they were ill. Such people greatly desire to argue, and they do not really want to find a way to agree. Alternate translation: “morbidly craves arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 4 y3mx βλασφημίαι 1 blasphemies While the term **blasphemies** often refers to untrue or disrespectful things that people say about God, in this context it refers to people falsely saying bad things about each other. Alternate translation: “insults”
1TI 6 4 kn69 ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί 1 evil suspicions Alternate translation: “people thinking incorrectly that others want to harm them”
1TI 6 5 x93f figs-metaphor διαπαρατριβαὶ 1 friction Here, **friction** is the last item in the list that began in the previous verse, a litany of bad things that result from “controversies and word-battles.” This is a metaphor. It compares two results: the heat and damage which occur when two objects rub together and the irritation and anger that can occur when people interact badly. Alternate translation: “and constant conflict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 5 z2d8 figs-activepassive διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 5 z2d8 figs-activepassive διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 5 tyf7 figs-parallelism διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth These two phrases mean basically the same thin; Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are no longer able to recognize the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TI 6 5 t443 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 between men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 6 6 q5sq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the false teachers believe about godliness and what is really true about godliness. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 7 t448 figs-ellipsis ὅτι 1 that Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and so it is also clear that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 6 7 jlv8 figs-explicit οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνάμεθα 1 neither are we able to take anything out The implication of this phrase is that Paul is speaking about when a person dies. Alternate translation: “we can take nothing out of the world when we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 8 lbk5 figs-declarative ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied Here Paul uses a statement in order to express a moral imperative. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1TI 6 8 t451 figs-activepassive ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 8 t451 figs-activepassive ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 9 ij4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Now Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 6 9 t453 figs-nominaladj οἱ…βουλόμενοι 1 the ones wanting Paul is using this participle, which functions as adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 6 9 pl5d figs-metaphor ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα 1 fall into temptation and a trap Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 10 t462 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν κακῶν 1 of all evils Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “of many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TI 6 10 j5z9 ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι 1 which, some desiring The reference here is to people **desiring** money, not evil. You could start a new sentence here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “people who want to become rich”
1TI 6 10 b83v figs-metaphor ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith Paul speaks figuratively of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 10 t465 figs-activepassive ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 10 t465 figs-activepassive ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 10 a1fx figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς 1 have pierced themselves with many sorrows Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that people use to stab themselves. Alternate translation: “have experienced great sorrows in their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 11 tp97 ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ 1 O man of God Alternate translations: “you servant of God” or “you person who belongs to God”
1TI 6 11 h9c6 figs-metaphor ταῦτα φεῦγε 1 flee these things Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 11 zjl3 figs-metaphor δίωκε 1 pursue Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after and catch. This metaphor is the opposite of “flee from.” It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: “seek to acquire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 12 w21p figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως 1 Fight the good fight of the faith Here, Paul speaks figuratively about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 12 y6m8 figs-metaphor ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 grasp eternal life Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting **eternal life** so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 12 usd1 figs-activepassive εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθης 1 to which you were called If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 12 usd1 figs-activepassive εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθης 1 to which you were called If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 12 qw96 ὡμολόγησας τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν 1 you confessed the good confession Alternate translation: “you publicly stated your faith in Jesus”
1TI 6 12 vm6q figs-explicit ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 before many witnesses The implication is that Timothy’s statement of his faith was binding because these **witnesses** were present and could testify that he had made it. In your translation, you can use the expression used in your culture for a public, legal commitment. Alternate translation: “while many people were watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 13 t476 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God The implication is that Paul is asking **God** to be his witness that he has given Timothy this command. Alternate translation: “with God as my witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 20 dd1v figs-explicit τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 guard the entrustment The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 20 vgr8 figs-metonymy ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας 1 avoiding the profane chatter In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 20 t498 καὶ ἀντιθέσεις 1 and contradictions This could mean: (1) the false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements” (2) the false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time.
1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως 1 of miscalled knowledge If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως 1 of miscalled knowledge If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν 1 have missed the mark regarding the faith See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 21 t501 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If your readers would misunderstand who will give this grace, you could say who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
1TI 6 21 t501 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If your readers would misunderstand who will give this grace, you could state who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
1TI 6 21 hix2 figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you The word **you** is plural and refers to Timothy and all the believers at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
14 1TI 1 3 amp4 προσμεῖναι ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 remain in Ephesus Alternate translation: “wait for me there in the city of Ephesus”
15 1TI 1 3 t112 translate-names Ἐφέσῳ 1 Ephesus **Ephesus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16 1TI 1 3 t113 τισὶν 1 certain ones Alternate translation: “certain people”
17 1TI 1 3 v4g2 figs-explicit ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν 1 teach differently The implication is that these people were not teaching in a different way, but teaching different things than what Paul and Timothy taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a different doctrine from what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implication is that these people were not teaching in a different way, but teaching different things than what Paul and Timothy taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a different doctrine from what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18 1TI 1 4 pw2h μύθοις 1 fables These **myths** were fanciful stories of some kind, perhaps about the supposed exploits of various spiritual beings. But since we no longer know exactly what these stories were about, it would probably be best to use a general term for them. Alternate translation: “made-up stories”
19 1TI 1 4 qpv9 figs-hyperbole γενεαλογίαις ἀπεράντοις 1 endless genealogies Paul uses the term **endless** as an exaggeration to emphasize that these are very long. Alternate translation: “lists of names that seem as if they will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
20 1TI 1 4 ft33 γενεαλογίαις 1 genealogies Usually, the term **genealogies** refers to a record of a person’s ancestors. However, in this case it could also mean a record of the supposed ancestors of spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “lists of names”
24 1TI 1 5 myi5 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help Timothy understand the purpose of what he is commanding him. You can translate it with a word or phrase in your language that introduces background information.
25 1TI 1 5 iwnk grammar-connect-logic-goal τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν 1 Now the goal of this command is Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
26 1TI 1 5 l7un τῆς παραγγελίας 1 command Here, **this command** refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
27 1TI 1 5 i9rs figs-explicit ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can say “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can state “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28 1TI 1 5 t123 figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
29 1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
30 1TI 1 5 ar8t συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 a good conscience Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
32 1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **a sincere faith**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God. (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
33 1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 some, having missed the mark Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34 1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away to Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35 1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
36 1TI 1 7 kz8x grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ νοοῦντες 1 not understanding If the contrast is not clear in your language between what these people want to be (teachers of the law) and their ability to do it, you may want to mark the contrast. Alternate translations: “but not understanding” or “and yet they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
37 1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not … either … or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
38 1TI 1 7 t132 figs-parallelism ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
40 1TI 1 8 t134 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
41 1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται 1 if one uses it lawfully Alternate translations: “if a person uses it correctly” or “if a person uses it in the way that God intended”
42 1TI 1 9 xs94 εἰδὼς τοῦτο 1 knowing this Alternate translation: “we also know this”
43 1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται 1 the law is not made for the righteous If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
44 1TI 1 9 dl5l figs-nominaladj δικαίῳ 1 the righteous Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun, to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
45 1TI 1 9 t139 figs-nominaladj ἀνόμοις δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις 1 the lawless and the rebellious, the ungodly and the sinful, the godless and the profane Paul is also using these adjectives as nouns to refer to the classes of people that they describe. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate each of these adjectives with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who break the law, people who defy authority, people who do not honor God, people who commit sins, people who live as if God did not matter, people who live as if nothing was sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
46 1TI 1 9 t141 πατρολῴαις καὶ μητρολῴαις, ἀνδροφόνοις 1 father-killers and mother-killers, man-slayers In this list Paul uses several compound words to express his meaning concisely and vividly. In each case the first term in the compound, a noun, is the object of the second term in the compound, a verb. Three of these compound words are in this verse, and two more are in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand these terms, you could translate them either with single terms or with phrases. Alternate translations: “patricides and matricides, murders” or “people who kill other people, even their own fathers and mothers”
51 1TI 1 10 gg42 καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται 1 and if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching Here Paul leaves out some of the words that, in many languages, a sentence would need to be complete. He means that if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching, then the law is made for people who do that, too. Alternate translation: “and for people who do anything else that is against wholesome teaching”
52 1TI 1 10 t147 figs-metonymy τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 healthy teaching The phrase **healthy teaching** is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
53 1TI 1 11 mg4t τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου Θεοῦ 1 to the gospel of glory of the blessed God This phrase could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: “the gospel about the glory that belongs to the blessed God” or “the glorious gospel about the blessed God”
54 1TI 1 11 a58d figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγώ 1 with which I have been entrusted If your readers would misunderstand what had been entrusted to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for which God made me responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand what had been entrusted to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for which God made me responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
55 1TI 1 12 t150 χάριν ἔχω 1 I have gratitude to Alternate translation: “I thank”
56 1TI 1 12 uu6n πιστόν με ἡγήσατο 1 he considered me trustworthy Alternate translation: “he believed that he could rely on me”
57 1TI 1 12 ff1n figs-metaphor θέμενος εἰς διακονίαν 1 placing me into service Paul speaks of the task of serving God as if it were a location that one could be placed in. Alternate translations: “he assigned me to serve him” or “he appointed me as his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
59 1TI 1 13 gbd4 figs-explicit διώκτην 1 a persecutor Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “a person who persecuted those who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
60 1TI 1 13 k85c figs-explicit ὑβριστήν 1 an aggressor Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. Alternate translations: “a violent person” or “a person who used violence against those who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
61 1TI 1 13 rq2m grammar-connect-logic-result ἠλεήθην, ὅτι ἀγνοῶν, ἐποίησα ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ 1 I was shown mercy because not knowing, I acted in unfaithfulness If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could change the order since the second phrase, “not knowing,” gives the reason for the action that the first phrase, “I was shown mercy,” describes. Alternate translation: “I did not act the way God would have trusted me to act, but that was because I did not know what I was doing, and so Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
62 1TI 1 13 nv6k figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63 1TI 1 14 t158 δὲ 1 Indeed Paul here uses the word **indeed** to introduce an expanded description of the way Jesus treated him mercifully even though he persecuted the followers of Jesus. This description will help Timothy and the other believers in Ephesus to understand how great the mercy of Jesus is. Alternate translation: “in fact”
64 1TI 1 14 c1lg figs-metaphor ὑπερεπλεόνασεν…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord overflowed Paul speaks of the **grace** of Jesus as if it were a liquid that fills a container until it flows over the top. Alternate translation: “Jesus showed me unlimited grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 1TI 1 14 z5lv figs-idiom μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus This could refer to: (1) faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
66 1TI 1 15 z48s πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy In this context, the term **word** refers to an entire statement. Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
67 1TI 1 15 rh2r καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it” If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
68 1TI 1 15 t163 figs-quotemarks Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι 1 Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners Paul uses this phrase as a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow, “Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners,” with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
69 1TI 1 15 t164 ὧν πρῶτός εἰμι ἐγώ 1 of whom I am the first Here the term **first** has the sense of the superlative example of a class, in this case a negative class. Alternate translation: “and I am the worst one of all”
70 1TI 1 16 z5kg figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
71 1TI 1 16 epe2 ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ 1 so that in me, the first Alternate translation: “so that through me, the worst sinner of all”
72 1TI 1 17 k9sc δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce a change in what he is writing. As a result of what he has been teaching Timothy, he now writes a blessing to and about God. Use a word to indicate this change in your language, such as “so” or “now.”
73 1TI 1 17 ts5z figs-abstractnouns τιμὴ καὶ δόξα 1 be honor and glory If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **grace**, you could express the ideas behind the them with verbs. Alternate translation: “may people honor and glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
74 1TI 1 18 ijn8 figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν παρατίθεμαί σοι 1 This command I am placing before you Paul speaks of his instructions as if he could physically put them in front of Timothy. Alternate translations: “I am entrusting you with this command” or “this is what I am commanding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
75 1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and **child**. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76 1TI 1 18 y6jg κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you If your readers would misunderstand how these prophecies happened, you could say who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you” If your readers would misunderstand how these prophecies happened, you could state who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
77 1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 fight the good fight Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
78 1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 holding faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
79 1TI 1 19 ly6q figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
80 1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could state as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81 1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 regarding the faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
82 1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus … Alexander **Hymenaeus** and **Alexander** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
83 1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I have given over to Satan Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84 1TI 1 20 az10 figs-explicit οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
85 1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive ἵνα παιδευθῶσι 1 so that they may be taught If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
86 1TI 2 intro c6rf 0 # 1 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br><br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Other scholars believe that God wants women to use the gifts He gives them on an equal basis with men. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
87 1TI 2 1 yk2z figs-idiom πρῶτον πάντων 1 first of all As in [1:15](../01/15.md), the term **first** figuratively means the superlative example of a class. Alternate translation: “most importantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
88 1TI 2 1 iag7 παρακαλῶ 1 I urge Alternate translation: “I encourage” or “I exhort”
89 1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας 1 for requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to be made If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action and who would receive the action. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action and who would receive the action. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
90 1TI 2 1 t183 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
91 1TI 2 2 g4va figs-doublet ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον 1 a peaceful and quiet life The terms **peaceful** and **quiet** mean the same thing. Paul uses them together for emphasis. He wants all believers to be able to live their lives without having trouble with the authorities. If your readers would misunderstand these terms, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “an undisturbed life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
92 1TI 2 2 pb58 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 in all godliness and dignity If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **godliness** and **dignity** with phrases that use verbs such as “honor” and “respect.” Alternate translation: “that honors God and that other people will respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
93 1TI 2 3 t186 figs-doublet καλὸν καὶ ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον…Θεοῦ 1 good and acceptable before God The terms **good** and **acceptable** mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think that having both terms in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “very pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
94 1TI 2 4 i3ze figs-activepassive ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 1 who desires all men to be saved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who wants to save everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who wants to save everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
95 1TI 2 4 t188 figs-gendernotations πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 all men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
96 1TI 2 4 n26m figs-metaphor εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν 1 to come to the knowledge of the truth Paul speaks of learning the truth about God as if it were a place where people could **come**. Alternate translation: “to know and accept what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 1TI 2 5 t666 translate-unknown εἷς καὶ μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 and one mediator of God and of men A **mediator** is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Alternate translation: “and one person who is able to reconcile God and people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
102 1TI 2 6 fm1c figs-explicit τὸ μαρτύριον 1 the testimony If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit that this demonstrated specifically that God wants to save all people. Alternate translation: “as the proof that God wants to save all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
103 1TI 2 6 fq7r figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the time that God had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
104 1TI 2 7 qxv9 εἰς ὃ 1 for which Here, **which** refers back to the testimony about God in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “of this testimony”
105 1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος 1 I was made a herald and an apostle If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
106 1TI 2 7 cbn6 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you could use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
107 1TI 2 7 qa8d figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
108 1TI 2 7 hb97 ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Alternate translation: “as a follower of Christ”
109 1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ” In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
110 1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
111 1TI 2 7 t201 figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
112 1TI 2 7 t202 ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This term **the nations** refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “of the Gentiles” or “of non-Jewish people groups”
122 1TI 2 11 gb7a figs-idiom ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 in quietness Paul may be saying that he wants the women to listen rather than to speak. Alternate translation: “by listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
123 1TI 2 11 c7sh ἐν πάσῃ ὑποταγῇ 1 in all submission Alternate translation: “and submit to the authority of the teacher”
124 1TI 2 12 t216 εἶναι ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 to be in quietness As in [2:11](../02/11.md), Paul may be saying that he wants the women to listen rather than to speak. Alternate translation: “she should listen quietly”
125 1TI 2 13 iv31 figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ…πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη 1 Adam was formed first If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God created Adam first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God created Adam first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
126 1TI 2 13 v7v6 figs-ellipsis εἶτα Εὕα 1 then Eve Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and then God created Eve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
127 1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128 1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
129 1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 came into transgression If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **transgression**, you could express the ideas behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
130 1TI 2 15 krx4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
131 1TI 2 15 t222 σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” Later in the sentence, **they** refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
132 1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through childbearing This could mean: (1) people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). Alternate translation: “God will save women as they attend to their families” (3) a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translation: “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
133 1TI 2 15 i0ap figs-synecdoche διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
134 1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
135 1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they remain Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
136 1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and holiness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
137 1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with self-control Here, **with self-control** could mean: (1) with good judgment. (2) with modesty. (3) with clear thinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
162 1TI 3 9 jda1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον 1 the mystery Paul uses the abstract noun **mystery** to refer to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was revealing at that moment. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this term with a verb such as “reveal.” Alternate translation: “what God has now revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
163 1TI 3 9 rfv7 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως 1 the mystery of the faith Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
164 1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
165 1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them also be tested first If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166 1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας 1 the women This could mean: (1) deacons’ wives. (2) female deacons.
167 1TI 3 11 q5qx σεμνάς 1 dignified Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
168 1TI 3 11 a12k μὴ διαβόλους 1 not slanderers Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
184 1TI 3 16 w473 μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 1 great is the mystery of godliness While in most of this letter Paul uses the term **godliness** to describe godly living, in this instance the term instead seems to describe the reverence for God that would lead a person to live a right life. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed, that leads us to worship him, is great”
185 1TI 3 16 t271 figs-explicit μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 1 great is the mystery of godliness Since Paul follows this statement by quoting a hymn or poem about the life of Jesus, the implication is that he sees Jesus as having made it possible for people to worship God in the most genuine way. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed about why we worship Jesus is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
186 1TI 3 16 y8sp writing-poetry ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι, ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 Who was revealed in flesh, was justified in the Spirit, was seen by angels, was proclaimed among the nations, was believed in the world, was taken up in glory. This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as through line-by-line formatting, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
187 1TI 3 16 m4xi figs-activepassive ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί 1 Who was revealed in flesh If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
188 1TI 3 16 rqp6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκί 1 in flesh Paul uses the term **flesh** figuratively here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
189 1TI 3 16 gm36 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι 1 was justified in the Spirit If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
190 1TI 3 16 fn1k figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις 1 was seen by angels If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
191 1TI 3 16 c3wx figs-activepassive ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν 1 was proclaimed among the nations If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people in many nations told others about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people in many nations told others about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
192 1TI 3 16 h9mb figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 was believed in the world If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people throughout the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people throughout the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
193 1TI 3 16 jz11 figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
194 1TI 3 16 mr3a figs-abstractnouns ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory The abstract noun **glory** refers to the way Jesus received power from God the Father and is worthy of honor. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this term with an adjective such as “powerful” and a verb such as “admire.” Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven, making him powerful and making everyone admire him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
195 1TI 4 intro b39h 0 # 1 Timothy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Paul speaks in [4:14](../04/14.md) of prophecy. A “prophecy” is a message that God communicates to people through someone to whom He has given a special gift of hearing and conveying these messages. The specific prophecy that Paul describes revealed how Timothy would become a gifted leader of the church. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Cultural practices<br><br>In verse 14 Paul speaks of church leaders placing their hands on Timothy. That was one way of indicating publicly that a person was being placed in a leadership position in the church.<br><br>### Variation in names<br><br>In this chapter Paul speaks of church leaders called “elders.” They seem to be the same kind of leaders that he calls “overseers” in chapter 3.
196 1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help Timothy and the believers in Ephesus understand the next part of his letter. The false teachings that Timothy must oppose are something that the Spirit has already predicted. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance.
201 1TI 4 1 ae5w figs-doublet πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 1 deceiving spirits and teachings of demons These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
202 1TI 4 2 pw29 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων 1 in false-speaking hypocrisy If your readers would misunderstand what this phrase refers to, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
203 1TI 4 2 u2f4 figs-metaphor κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν 1 their own consciences having been seared Paul is speaking figuratively of these people as if their sense of right and wrong had been ruined like skin that someone had burned with a hot iron. Alternate translation: “they will not have any sense of right and wrong any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
204 1TI 4 2 t288 figs-activepassive κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν 1 their own consciences having been seared If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will be people who have destroyed their sense of right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will be people who have destroyed their sense of right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
205 1TI 4 3 t289 κωλυόντων γαμεῖν 1 forbidding to marry If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “these people teach that it is wrong to marry”
206 1TI 4 3 wd2l figs-explicit κωλυόντων γαμεῖν 1 forbidding to marry The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid believers to **marry**. Alternate translation: “these people will forbid believers to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
207 1TI 4 3 t291 figs-ellipsis ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων 1 to abstain from foods Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He does not mean that these false teachers will forbid believers to abstain from certain foods, but that the false teachers will require them to abstain from certain foods. In other words, the meaning of **forbidding** does not carry forward from the previous clause; rather, the meaning of “requiring” should be supplied. Alternate translation: “they will require believers to abstain from certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
211 1TI 4 3 t295 figs-nominaladj ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the ones knowing the truth Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who understand the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
212 1TI 4 4 pppf grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The word **For** communicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul just said. Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “that is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
213 1TI 4 4 dv4s figs-distinguish πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλόν 1 every creature of God is good If your readers would misunderstand the phrase**every creation**, you could express the idea behind the expression **creation of God** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “everything that God created is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
214 1TI 4 4 a15j figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον 1 nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
215 1TI 4 5 gwcs grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 The word **for** communicates that what follows is the reason for the last part of what Paul has just said. In other words, it is the reason why “nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile.” Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
216 1TI 4 5 m5mb figs-activepassive ἁγιάζεται 1 it is sanctified If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “it becomes holy” or “it is suitable to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “it becomes holy” or “it is suitable to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
217 1TI 4 5 fhd6 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου Θεοῦ 1 by the word of God In this context, the term **word** has a specific meaning. It refers to the pronouncement that God made in his word that everything that he created was good. Alternate translation: “because of what God said about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
218 1TI 4 5 t300 figs-explicit καὶ ἐντεύξεως 1 and prayer In context, the implication is that this refers to prayers of thanksgiving to God for food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because of the thanks that people offer to God for it in prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) In context, the implication is that this refers to prayers of thanksgiving to God for food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because of the thanks that people offer to God for it in prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
219 1TI 4 6 ks5x figs-metaphor ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 Placing these things before the brothers Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were objects that could be physically placed in front of the other believers. Alternate translation: “if you help the believers remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
220 1TI 4 6 hfx3 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the teaching that began in [3:16](../03/16.md).
221 1TI 4 6 h6qr figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 before the brothers Paul is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes men and women. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
222 1TI 4 6 uyeb figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers The term **the brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
223 1TI 4 6 t304 figs-activepassive ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
224 1TI 4 6 f8vs figs-metaphor ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed Paul speaks of these statements and teachings as if they could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
225 1TI 4 6 ny78 figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας 1 by the words of the faith and of the good teaching Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
226 1TI 4 7 th4i τοὺς…βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους 1 the profane and old-womanish myths See how you translated **myths** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **profane** in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “foolish, made-up stories in which nothing is sacred”
239 1TI 4 10 t322 figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
240 1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”
241 1TI 4 12 t325 ἐν λόγῳ 1 in word In this context, the term **word** means “what you say.” Alternate translation: “in your speech”
242 1TI 4 13 t326 figs-explicit πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
243 1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 attend to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **reading**, **exhortation**, and **teaching**, you can translate them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in your meeting there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
244 1TI 4 14 i1ka figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἀμέλει 1 You can translate this phrase in a positive way if that is more natural for your language. Alternate translations: “continue to use” or “make sure you develop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
245 1TI 4 14 t22x figs-metaphor μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God’s **gift**. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
246 1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-explicit μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you The implication is that this **gift** is the ability that God has given Timothy for ministry. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247 1TI 4 14 xp1k figs-activepassive ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας 1 which was given to you through prophecy If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
248 1TI 4 14 rr8f translate-symaction ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου 1 with the imposition of the hands of the elders Paul is speaking of a ceremony during which the church leaders put their **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do. Alternate translation: “when the elders all laid their hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
249 1TI 4 15 sbcg figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these things** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
250 1TI 4 15 m65m figs-metaphor ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι 1 Study these things, be in them Paul is speaking figuratively as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
279 1TI 5 7 qw6m καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
280 1TI 5 8 p7h2 figs-idiom τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ 1 someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
281 1TI 5 8 y645 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται 1 he has denied the faith Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus and obeying him. Paul explains that this action would be equivalent to denying all of this. Alternate translations: “by doing that, he denies that he belongs to Jesus” or “he has shown that he does not follow the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
282 1TI 5 8 evm7 figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων 1 is worse than an unbeliever The implication is that this person is **worse than an unbeliever** because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implication is that this person is **worse than an unbeliever** because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
283 1TI 5 9 s8ql figs-activepassive χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 Let a widow be enrolled If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284 1TI 5 9 khe1 figs-explicit χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
285 1TI 5 9 i27x figs-litotes μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα 1 being not less than sixty years old Paul is using the figure of speech **not less than** here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “if she is at least sixty years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
286 1TI 5 9 q9dj figs-idiom ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this could mean: (1) she has only one husband. Alternate translation: “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) she was only married once. If it means this second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men. Alternate translation: “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
287 1TI 5 10 l8nm figs-activepassive ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη 1 attested in good works If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
288 1TI 5 10 mik7 ἐξενοδόχησεν 1 has received strangers Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “practiced hospitality”
289 1TI 5 10 ygl3 translate-symaction ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
290 1TI 5 10 t366 figs-synecdoche ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints Paul may be using one type of humble service figuratively to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
303 1TI 5 14 u94k τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ 1 the one opposing This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
304 1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 having … turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
305 1TI 5 16 g8k5 figs-nominaladj τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **believing woman**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
306 1TI 5 16 mf4s figs-explicit ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
307 1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
308 1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
309 1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
310 1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
311 1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
312 1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-nominaladj οἱ κοπιῶντες 1 the ones toiling Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **toiling**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
313 1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
323 1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
324 1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. This could refer to: (1) any believers who are sinning. Alternate translation: “believers who are sinning” (2) elders. Alternate translation: “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
325 1TI 5 20 db63 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον…πάντων 1 before all Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
326 1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
327 1TI 5 20 t404 figs-idiom φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 may have fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
328 1TI 5 21 x0zp διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 I adjure you, before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels By calling on **God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels** as witnesses to what Paul is saying, Paul is making Timothy responsible to God to do what he says. If this is not clear, then put this into the form that your language uses for an oath. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are my witnesses, I put you under oath”
329 1TI 5 21 t405 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
341 1TI 5 25 pd8v figs-explicit καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 good works are also evident Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
342 1TI 5 25 qlu5 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The implication of **good works** is that these works are considered **good** because they are consistent with God’s character, purposes, and will. Alternate translation: “actions that God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
343 1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden Paul speaks of good works as if they were objects that someone could hide. Alternate translation: “and people will find out later about even those good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
344 1TI 5 25 t420 figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and people who secretly do good works will not be able to hide them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and people who secretly do good works will not be able to hide them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
345 1TI 5 25 bb2t figs-doublenegatives κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … hidden**, you can say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … hidden**, you can express this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
346 1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>In this chapter Paul teaches slaves about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving their masters. This does not mean that he is endorsing slavery as a good thing or as something that God approves of. Instead, Paul is encouraging believers to be godly and content in every situation that they are in. This does not mean that they cannot also work to change those situations.
347 1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 As many slaves as are under the yoke Paul speaks of people who work as **slaves** as though they were oxen plowing or pulling with a **yoke** around their necks. Alternate translation: “concerning people who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
348 1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν…δοῦλοι 1 as many … as are The implication in context is that Paul is speaking about believers who are slaves. Alternate translation: “All the believers who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
349 1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
350 1TI 6 1 e3ce ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this negative phrase, you could say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach” If your readers would misunderstand this negative phrase, you could express this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach”
351 1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
352 1TI 6 1 f5pc figs-explicit ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching Implicitly Paul means **the teaching** about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
353 1TI 6 2 fvv7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί εἰσιν 1 they are brothers Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
356 1TI 6 3 t431 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 to the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
357 1TI 6 3 sshf τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This could refer to: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
358 1TI 6 4 pn8n figs-metaphor τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
359 1TI 6 4 t433 figs-activepassive τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **puffed up**, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **puffed up**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
360 1TI 6 4 t434 figs-gendernotations τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Here, **he** refers to anyone in general who teaches what is not correct. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
361 1TI 6 4 z2rb figs-hyperbole μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος 1 understanding nothing Paul uses the term **nothing** here as a generalization for emphasis. It is specifically God’s true message that the person does not understand. Alternate translation: “he understands nothing about God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
362 1TI 6 4 qu86 figs-metaphor νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις 1 ailing about controversies and word-battles Paul speaks of people who feel compelled to engage in useless arguments as if they were ill. Such people greatly desire to argue, and they do not really want to find a way to agree. Alternate translation: “morbidly craves arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365 1TI 6 4 y3mx βλασφημίαι 1 blasphemies While the term **blasphemies** often refers to untrue or disrespectful things that people say about God, in this context it refers to people falsely saying bad things about each other. Alternate translation: “insults”
366 1TI 6 4 kn69 ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί 1 evil suspicions Alternate translation: “people thinking incorrectly that others want to harm them”
367 1TI 6 5 x93f figs-metaphor διαπαρατριβαὶ 1 friction Here, **friction** is the last item in the list that began in the previous verse, a litany of bad things that result from “controversies and word-battles.” This is a metaphor. It compares two results: the heat and damage which occur when two objects rub together and the irritation and anger that can occur when people interact badly. Alternate translation: “and constant conflict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
368 1TI 6 5 z2d8 figs-activepassive διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
369 1TI 6 5 tyf7 figs-parallelism διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth These two phrases mean basically the same thin; Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are no longer able to recognize the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
370 1TI 6 5 t443 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 between men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
371 1TI 6 6 q5sq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the false teachers believe about godliness and what is really true about godliness. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
376 1TI 6 7 t448 figs-ellipsis ὅτι 1 that Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and so it is also clear that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
377 1TI 6 7 jlv8 figs-explicit οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνάμεθα 1 neither are we able to take anything out The implication of this phrase is that Paul is speaking about when a person dies. Alternate translation: “we can take nothing out of the world when we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
378 1TI 6 8 lbk5 figs-declarative ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied Here Paul uses a statement in order to express a moral imperative. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
379 1TI 6 8 t451 figs-activepassive ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
380 1TI 6 9 ij4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Now Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
381 1TI 6 9 t453 figs-nominaladj οἱ…βουλόμενοι 1 the ones wanting Paul is using this participle, which functions as adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
382 1TI 6 9 pl5d figs-metaphor ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα 1 fall into temptation and a trap Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390 1TI 6 10 t462 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν κακῶν 1 of all evils Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “of many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
391 1TI 6 10 j5z9 ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι 1 which, some desiring The reference here is to people **desiring** money, not evil. You could start a new sentence here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “people who want to become rich”
392 1TI 6 10 b83v figs-metaphor ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith Paul speaks figuratively of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
393 1TI 6 10 t465 figs-activepassive ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
394 1TI 6 10 a1fx figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς 1 have pierced themselves with many sorrows Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that people use to stab themselves. Alternate translation: “have experienced great sorrows in their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
395 1TI 6 11 tp97 ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ 1 O man of God Alternate translations: “you servant of God” or “you person who belongs to God”
396 1TI 6 11 h9c6 figs-metaphor ταῦτα φεῦγε 1 flee these things Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
398 1TI 6 11 zjl3 figs-metaphor δίωκε 1 pursue Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after and catch. This metaphor is the opposite of “flee from.” It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: “seek to acquire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 1TI 6 12 w21p figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως 1 Fight the good fight of the faith Here, Paul speaks figuratively about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
400 1TI 6 12 y6m8 figs-metaphor ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 grasp eternal life Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting **eternal life** so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
401 1TI 6 12 usd1 figs-activepassive εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθης 1 to which you were called If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
402 1TI 6 12 qw96 ὡμολόγησας τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν 1 you confessed the good confession Alternate translation: “you publicly stated your faith in Jesus”
403 1TI 6 12 vm6q figs-explicit ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 before many witnesses The implication is that Timothy’s statement of his faith was binding because these **witnesses** were present and could testify that he had made it. In your translation, you can use the expression used in your culture for a public, legal commitment. Alternate translation: “while many people were watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
404 1TI 6 13 t476 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God The implication is that Paul is asking **God** to be his witness that he has given Timothy this command. Alternate translation: “with God as my witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
426 1TI 6 20 dd1v figs-explicit τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 guard the entrustment The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
427 1TI 6 20 vgr8 figs-metonymy ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας 1 avoiding the profane chatter In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
428 1TI 6 20 t498 καὶ ἀντιθέσεις 1 and contradictions This could mean: (1) the false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements” (2) the false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time.
429 1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως 1 of miscalled knowledge If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
430 1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν 1 have missed the mark regarding the faith See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
431 1TI 6 21 t501 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If your readers would misunderstand who will give this grace, you could say who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” If your readers would misunderstand who will give this grace, you could state who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
432 1TI 6 21 hix2 figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you The word **you** is plural and refers to Timothy and all the believers at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

16
en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
View File

@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean: (1) “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 1 15 p019 translate-names Ἀσίᾳ 1 Asia This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 15 p6f4 figs-metaphor ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me This is a metaphor that means they left Paul and stopped helping him. Alternate translation: “have deserted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 15 p020 figs-explicit ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 15 p020 figs-explicit ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 15 x6cc translate-names Φύγελος 1 Phygelus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 15 p021 translate-names Ἑρμογένης 1 Hermogenes This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 16 e6hl translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 of Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 18 p025 figs-explicit ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις 1 how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well Paul is reminding Timothy that Onesiphorus helped him earlier, in Ephesus. So, Paul is asking the Lord to bless Onesiphorus because he helped Paul several times. Alternate translation: “you know well how much he also helped me earlier when I was in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 11b-13, Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn. To show the reader that this may be a quotation, in your translation you may choose to set these verses farther to the right than the other verses in the chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br><br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br><br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
2TI 2 1 bll5 figs-metaphor τέκνον μου 1 my child Here, **child** is a term of great love and approval. Timothy is not Paul’s biological child. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who are like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 1 p026 figs-activepassive ἐνδυναμοῦ 1 be strengthened You could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 1 p026 figs-activepassive ἐνδυναμοῦ 1 be strengthened you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 1 e6ex figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul wants Timothy to experience the strength that God provides through his **grace** or kindness. Believers experience God’s grace through knowing Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “as you allow Christ Jesus to kindly empower you through your relationship to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 2 ig9v figs-explicit διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 along with many witnesses Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 2 kv1m figs-metaphor ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 entrust these things to faithful men Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could mean: (1) the ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) all four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 21 nl5d figs-metaphor ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 p064 figs-metaphor εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ 1 useful to the Master In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 p065 figs-activepassive εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 having been prepared for every good work If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who has gotten himself ready to do any good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 2 g7ax figs-explicit ἔλεγξον 1 reprove The command to **reprove** implies that the action is directed toward people who have done something wrong and are in need of correction. Alternate translation: “correct those who have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 2 p101 ἐπιτίμησον 1 rebuke The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
2TI 4 2 p102 figs-hendiadys ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 4 3 jv7a ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε 1 there will be a time when Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
2TI 4 3 u2cc οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 4 rh2i figs-metaphor ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 4 p105 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 4 xrv7 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 5 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε 1 be sober Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 5 tv3k εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 of an evangelist Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
2TI 4 6 p107 ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”
2TI 4 6 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 6 fb7l figs-euphemism ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν 1 the time of my departure is here Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2TI 4 7 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have fought the good fight Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 7 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -356,4 +356,4 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 22 tx26 figs-you ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul ends his letter with a blessing for Timothy. Here, **you** is singular and refers to Timothy. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2TI 4 22 p119 figs-synecdoche ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul figuratively describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2TI 4 22 k85y figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “May grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2TI 4 22 p120 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”
2TI 4 22 p120 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
73 2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean: (1) “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
74 2TI 1 15 p019 translate-names Ἀσίᾳ 1 Asia This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
75 2TI 1 15 p6f4 figs-metaphor ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me This is a metaphor that means they left Paul and stopped helping him. Alternate translation: “have deserted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76 2TI 1 15 p020 figs-explicit ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
77 2TI 1 15 x6cc translate-names Φύγελος 1 Phygelus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
78 2TI 1 15 p021 translate-names Ἑρμογένης 1 Hermogenes This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
79 2TI 1 16 e6hl translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 of Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
91 2TI 1 18 p025 figs-explicit ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις 1 how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well Paul is reminding Timothy that Onesiphorus helped him earlier, in Ephesus. So, Paul is asking the Lord to bless Onesiphorus because he helped Paul several times. Alternate translation: “you know well how much he also helped me earlier when I was in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92 2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 11b-13, Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn. To show the reader that this may be a quotation, in your translation you may choose to set these verses farther to the right than the other verses in the chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br><br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br><br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
93 2TI 2 1 bll5 figs-metaphor τέκνον μου 1 my child Here, **child** is a term of great love and approval. Timothy is not Paul’s biological child. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who are like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94 2TI 2 1 p026 figs-activepassive ἐνδυναμοῦ 1 be strengthened You could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
95 2TI 2 1 e6ex figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul wants Timothy to experience the strength that God provides through his **grace** or kindness. Believers experience God’s grace through knowing Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “as you allow Christ Jesus to kindly empower you through your relationship to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
96 2TI 2 2 ig9v figs-explicit διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 along with many witnesses Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
97 2TI 2 2 kv1m figs-metaphor ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 entrust these things to faithful men Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
175 2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
176 2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177 2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178 2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
179 2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could mean: (1) the ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) all four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
180 2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
181 2TI 2 21 nl5d figs-metaphor ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 2TI 2 21 p064 figs-metaphor εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ 1 useful to the Master In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183 2TI 2 21 p065 figs-activepassive εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 having been prepared for every good work If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who has gotten himself ready to do any good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284 2TI 4 2 g7ax figs-explicit ἔλεγξον 1 reprove The command to **reprove** implies that the action is directed toward people who have done something wrong and are in need of correction. Alternate translation: “correct those who have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
285 2TI 4 2 p101 ἐπιτίμησον 1 rebuke The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
286 2TI 4 2 p102 figs-hendiadys ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
287 2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
288 2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
289 2TI 4 3 jv7a ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε 1 there will be a time when Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
290 2TI 4 3 u2cc οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
296 2TI 4 4 rh2i figs-metaphor ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
297 2TI 4 4 p105 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
298 2TI 4 4 xrv7 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
299 2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
300 2TI 4 5 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε 1 be sober Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
301 2TI 4 5 tv3k εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 of an evangelist Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
302 2TI 4 6 p107 ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”
303 2TI 4 6 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
304 2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
305 2TI 4 6 fb7l figs-euphemism ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν 1 the time of my departure is here Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
306 2TI 4 7 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have fought the good fight Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
307 2TI 4 7 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
356 2TI 4 22 tx26 figs-you ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul ends his letter with a blessing for Timothy. Here, **you** is singular and refers to Timothy. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
357 2TI 4 22 p119 figs-synecdoche ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul figuratively describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
358 2TI 4 22 k85y figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “May grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
359 2TI 4 22 p120 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you” If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”

6
en_tn_58-PHM.tsv
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ PHM 1 1 y9zu figs-exclusive ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Here, the word **our** is no
PHM 1 1 gvmy translate-names Φιλήμονι 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PHM 1 1 q84z figs-explicit Φιλήμονι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you can include the information that this is a letter in which Paul is speaking directly to Philemon, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν 1 and our fellow worker If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say more specifically how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν 1 and our fellow worker If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more specifically how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
PHM 1 2 b37l translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ 1 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PHM 1 2 bb1s figs-exclusive τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you can do the same. If not, you can do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 2 hhpc figs-metaphor τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Paul is using the term **sister** figuratively to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ PHM 1 6 mfrp figs-explicit ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces the content of
PHM 1 6 t54l figs-abstractnouns ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου 1 the fellowship of your faith The word translated **fellowship** means a sharing or a partnership in something. Paul probably intends both meanings, but if you must choose, it could mean: (1) that Philemon shares the same faith in Christ as Paul and others. Alternate translation: “the faith that you share with us” (2) that Philemon is a partner with Paul and others in working for Christ. Alternate translation: “your working together with us as believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHM 1 6 hcwp figs-abstractnouns ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου, ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν εἰς Χριστόν. 1 If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns **faith** and **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe,” and **knowledge** with a verb such as “know” or “learn.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in the Messiah along with us, you may become increasingly better at serving the Messiah, as you learn about all of the good things that he has given us to use for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHM 1 6 pxw1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 may be effective for the knowledge of everything good This could mean: (1) “and will result in you knowing every good thing” (2) “so that those you share your faith with will know every good thing” Alternate translation: “by knowing everything good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHM 1 6 n25e figs-explicit εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say more explicitly how “everything good” is **for Christ**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Christ” or “for the benefit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHM 1 6 n25e figs-explicit εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more explicitly how “everything good” is **for Christ**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Christ” or “for the benefit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHM 1 7 vyc7 figs-abstractnouns χαρὰν γὰρ πολλὴν ἔσχον καὶ παράκλησιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **joy** and **comfort**, you could express the idea behind them with adjectives. Alternate translation: “For you made me very joyful and comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHM 1 7 xlp6 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃ σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “because you love people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHM 1 7 shpv figs-activepassive τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 the inward parts of the saints are being refreshed by you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have refreshed the inward parts of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ PHM 1 22 bx62 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἅμα 1 at the same time The w
PHM 1 22 ctr4 χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν 1 I will be given back to you Alternate translation: “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can go to you.”
PHM 1 22 mzr0 ἑτοίμαζέ μοι ξενίαν 1 I will be given back to you The word translated **guest room** refers to any hospitality that is provided for a guest. So the kind of space is unspecified. Alternate translation: “also prepare a place in your house for me.”
PHM 1 22 lnw9 διὰ τῶν προσευχῶν ὑμῶν 1 I will be given back to you Alternate translation: “God will answer your prayers so”
PHM 1 22 p2u0 figs-activepassive χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν. 1 I will be given back to you If your readers would misunderstand this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bring me back to you” or “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can come to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHM 1 22 p2u0 figs-activepassive χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν. 1 I will be given back to you If your readers would misunderstand this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bring me back to you” or “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can come to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHM 1 22 o06s figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 I will be given back to you The words **your** and **you** here are plural, referring to Philemon and all the believers who met in his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
PHM 1 23 x2d8 translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Epaphras **Epaphras** was the name of a man who was a fellow believer and prisoner with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PHM 1 23 f0b6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Epaphras fdHere, **in Christ Jesus** means something similar to the phrases “in the Lord” and “in Christ” in verse 20. See how you translated those there. Alternate translation: “who is here with me because he serves Christ Jesus”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
7 PHM 1 1 gvmy translate-names Φιλήμονι 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8 PHM 1 1 q84z figs-explicit Φιλήμονι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you can include the information that this is a letter in which Paul is speaking directly to Philemon, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9 PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10 PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν 1 and our fellow worker If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say more specifically how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus” If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more specifically how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
11 PHM 1 2 b37l translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ 1 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12 PHM 1 2 bb1s figs-exclusive τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you can do the same. If not, you can do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
13 PHM 1 2 hhpc figs-metaphor τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Paul is using the term **sister** figuratively to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
29 PHM 1 6 t54l figs-abstractnouns ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου 1 the fellowship of your faith The word translated **fellowship** means a sharing or a partnership in something. Paul probably intends both meanings, but if you must choose, it could mean: (1) that Philemon shares the same faith in Christ as Paul and others. Alternate translation: “the faith that you share with us” (2) that Philemon is a partner with Paul and others in working for Christ. Alternate translation: “your working together with us as believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
30 PHM 1 6 hcwp figs-abstractnouns ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου, ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν εἰς Χριστόν. 1 If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns **faith** and **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe,” and **knowledge** with a verb such as “know” or “learn.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in the Messiah along with us, you may become increasingly better at serving the Messiah, as you learn about all of the good things that he has given us to use for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31 PHM 1 6 pxw1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 may be effective for the knowledge of everything good This could mean: (1) “and will result in you knowing every good thing” (2) “so that those you share your faith with will know every good thing” Alternate translation: “by knowing everything good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
32 PHM 1 6 n25e figs-explicit εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say more explicitly how “everything good” is **for Christ**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Christ” or “for the benefit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more explicitly how “everything good” is **for Christ**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Christ” or “for the benefit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
33 PHM 1 7 vyc7 figs-abstractnouns χαρὰν γὰρ πολλὴν ἔσχον καὶ παράκλησιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **joy** and **comfort**, you could express the idea behind them with adjectives. Alternate translation: “For you made me very joyful and comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
34 PHM 1 7 xlp6 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃ σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “because you love people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
35 PHM 1 7 shpv figs-activepassive τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 the inward parts of the saints are being refreshed by you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have refreshed the inward parts of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
82 PHM 1 22 ctr4 χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν 1 I will be given back to you Alternate translation: “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can go to you.”
83 PHM 1 22 mzr0 ἑτοίμαζέ μοι ξενίαν 1 I will be given back to you The word translated **guest room** refers to any hospitality that is provided for a guest. So the kind of space is unspecified. Alternate translation: “also prepare a place in your house for me.”
84 PHM 1 22 lnw9 διὰ τῶν προσευχῶν ὑμῶν 1 I will be given back to you Alternate translation: “God will answer your prayers so”
85 PHM 1 22 p2u0 figs-activepassive χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν. 1 I will be given back to you If your readers would misunderstand this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bring me back to you” or “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can come to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bring me back to you” or “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can come to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
86 PHM 1 22 o06s figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 I will be given back to you The words **your** and **you** here are plural, referring to Philemon and all the believers who met in his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
87 PHM 1 23 x2d8 translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Epaphras **Epaphras** was the name of a man who was a fellow believer and prisoner with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
88 PHM 1 23 f0b6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Epaphras fdHere, **in Christ Jesus** means something similar to the phrases “in the Lord” and “in Christ” in verse 20. See how you translated those there. Alternate translation: “who is here with me because he serves Christ Jesus”

114
en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ JAS 1 1 huk9 figs-idiom χαίρειν. 1 Rejoice! The word **Rejoice** was used
JAS 1 2 knw6 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε 1 Consider it all joy If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “You should be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 1 2 j004 figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε 1 Consider it all joy James says **all** as an overstatement for emphasis. He does not mean that believers should be happy about all the bad things that happen to them when they encounter **trials**. Rather, he means that the **trials** provide a general occasion for them to rejoice because of the valuable things God that is developing in their lives. He describes these things in the next verse. Alternate translation: “You should be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JAS 1 2 j005 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers James is using the term **brothers** figuratively to refer to fellow believers in Jesus. Alternate translation, as in UST: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 2 j006 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers James is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that James is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could say “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JAS 1 2 j006 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers James is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that James is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JAS 1 2 j007 figs-metaphor περιπέσητε 1 you fall into James is speaking figuratively of **trials** as if they were a hole or pit that believers could **fall into**. Alternate translation: “you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 2 j008 figs-you περιπέσητε 1 you fall into The pronoun **you** is plural here, since James is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally throughout the letter, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. These notes will identify the few places where they are singular instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JAS 1 3 j009 γινώσκοντες ὅτι 1 knowing that It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that” or “You should realize that”
@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ JAS 1 4 unh4 figs-doublet τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι 1 perfect a
JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 lacking in nothing You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
JAS 1 5 du7z figs-abstractnouns λείπεται σοφίας 1 lacks wisdom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 1 5 q2df αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ 1 let him ask from God Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 6 j010 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει 1 in faith If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 doubting nothing If your readers would misunderstand this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing**, you could use a positive expression to translate it. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like the waves in the ocean, which keep moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 1 6 j011 translate-unknown κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **wave of the sea**, you could use another illustration that would be familiar to them. Alternate translation: “the desert sand swirling in the wind” or “stalks of tall grass swaying back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JAS 1 6 j012 figs-activepassive κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 6 j012 figs-activepassive κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 7 j013 figs-gendernotations μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 For let that man not think James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Such a person should not think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JAS 1 8 b5t6 figs-metaphor ἀνὴρ δίψυχος 1 a double-minded man James speaks figuratively of this person as if he had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “a man who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 8 j014 figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ δίψυχος 1 a double-minded man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ JAS 1 12 j030 figs-possession λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς
JAS 1 12 k3hh figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 he will receive the crown of life James is using the image of a **crown** figuratively to indicate that God will honor this person. Alternate translation: “God will honor him by giving him life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 12 j031 figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 he will receive the crown of life James is likely not speaking of physical **life** but of spiritual **life**, that is, of living forever in the presence of God after physical death. Alternate translation: “God will honor that person by giving him everlasting life in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 12 hx28 writing-pronouns ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 which he promised to the ones who love him In this last clause in the verse, the words **he** and **him** refer to God, not to the person who **endures trial**. Alternate translation: “which God promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am tempted by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am tempted by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 13 p5cp ὁ…Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν 1 God is untempted by evil Even though the word that ULT translates as **untempted** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, it may be helpful to your readers if you translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “evil does not tempt God” or “God’s desires never lead him to do something wrong”
JAS 1 13 zb13 πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα 1 and he himself tempts no one Alternate translation: “and God himself never leads anyone to do anything wrong”
JAS 1 14 j032 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But James is using the word **But** to indicate a contrast between the wrong idea that God might tempt someone and the truth that each person **is tempted by his own desire**. This is actually a strong contrast, and you may wish to use a strong expression for it. Alternate translation: “No, on the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JAS 1 14 j033 figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed If your readers would misunderstand these passive phrases, you could say each of these things with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “each person’s own desire tempts him by enticing him and then dragging him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 14 j033 figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed If your readers would misunderstand these passive phrases, you could express each of these things with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “each person’s own desire tempts him by enticing him and then dragging him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 14 nj9m figs-personification ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed James is speaking figuratively of **desire** as if it were a living thing that could actively tempt people, entice them, and drag them away captive. Alternate translation: “each person wants to do wrong when he desires something that he should not desire and, because he is attracted to that thing, he commits sin and then cannot stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 1 14 nle5 figs-events ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 dragged away and enticed Since the word translated as **enticed** often means to use bait to trap prey, James may be stressing the result (the captured prey being **dragged away**) by speaking of it before the method that was used to achieve it (baiting a trap). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that the method came before the result. Alternate translation: “enticed and dragged away” or “dragged away after being enticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JAS 1 14 z4bd figs-metaphor ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 dragged away and enticed James is speaking figuratively of temptation as if the person who gave in to it were captured in a baited trap. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this metaphor as a simile. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wrong thing he desired were bait in a trap that caught him so that a hunter could then drag him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ JAS 1 15 s4cd figs-personification εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβ
JAS 1 15 j035 figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 and sin, having grown up, gives birth to death James also speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a living thing, a baby girl who grew up to be a woman who also became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “and if he continues to sin, it will affect more and more of his life until it causes his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 1 15 j036 figs-metaphor ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 gives birth to death Here, **death** could mean: (1) spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 16 v195 figs-metaphor μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is speaking figuratively as if some deceptive guides were trying to lead his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 16 j037 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 16 j037 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 16 j038 figs-explicit μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” or “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 16 j039 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 17 j040 figs-metaphor πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν 1 Every good present and every perfect gift is from above Here, **from above** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes God. Alternate translation: “God gives us every good present and every perfect gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ JAS 1 17 j041 figs-metaphor καταβαῖνον ἀπὸ 1 coming down from Co
JAS 1 17 n7d8 figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων 1 the Father of lights Here, **lights** likely means the lights in the sky, that is, the sun, moon, and stars. James says figuratively that God is their **Father** because he created them. Alternate translation: “God, who created all the lights in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 17 j042 figs-doublet παρ’ ᾧ οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγὴ ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 with whom there is no change or shadow of turning Here, **change** and **shadow of turning** mean similar things. James is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase and express the metaphor of a **shadow** (see later note) as a simile. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God does not change as shifting shadows do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JAS 1 17 j043 figs-possession τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning James is using the possessive form to describe a **shadow** that is characterized by **turning**. Alternate translation: “shadow that turns” or “shadow that changes position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JAS 1 17 j044 figs-explicit τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning James is contrasting God, the Creator of the lights in the sky, with those lights themselves, which are not as great as their Creator. They create shadows that change position, but God never deviates from wanting only good things for people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “turning shadow such as the sun or moon casts. No, God always wants good things for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 17 j044 figs-explicit τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning James is contrasting God, the Creator of the lights in the sky, with those lights themselves, which are not as great as their Creator. They create shadows that change position, but God never deviates from wanting only good things for people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “turning shadow such as the sun or moon casts. No, God always wants good things for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 17 g5ge figs-metaphor τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning There could not literally be a **shadow** in God, so this is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “variability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 18 j045 βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 Having willed, he gave birth to us Alternate translation: “God chose to give birth to us”
JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 Having willed, he gave birth to us James says figuratively that God **gave birth to us** because God gives spiritual life to everyone who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God chose to give us spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ JAS 1 18 j046 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us Here and throug
JAS 1 18 j047 figs-possession λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JAS 1 18 ykq9 figs-metonymy λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using term **word** figuratively to describe the message about Jesus that was conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “by the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 1 18 j048 figs-abstractnouns λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression that uses an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 1 18 j049 figs-explicit λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is referring implicitly to the message about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 18 j049 figs-explicit λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is referring implicitly to the message about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 18 j346 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 for us to be something like a firstfruits of his creatures This is a purpose clause. James is stating the purpose for which God **desired to give us birth**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would be like a firstfruits of his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JAS 1 18 j050 figs-explicit ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 something like a firstfruits of his creatures James is assuming that his readers will know that he is using the traditional Israelite offering known as **firstfruits** as a simile. The law of Moses required the Israelites to offer to God some of the first crops they harvested each year. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state specifically that this is the name of an offering. Alternate translation: “something like an offering of firstfruits from among his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 18 qh2e figs-simile ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 something like a firstfruits of his creatures When they offered some of their first crops to God each year, the Israelites were acknowledging that the entire crop belonged to God and was a gift from God to them. James is using this **firstfruits** offering as a simile to indicate that the believers of his time are an indication that there will be many more people who will belong to God in the future. In fact, since James speaks of **creatures**, he may even mean that believers in Jesus are the first part of God’s creation to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule. Alternate translation: “the first of many people who would believe in Jesus” or “the first of God’s creatures to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ JAS 1 23 pw5x figs-simile οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοο
JAS 1 23 j063 figs-gendernotations ἀνδρὶ 1 a man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JAS 1 23 shn9 figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the face of his birth This is an idiom that refers to the **face** a person was born with, that is, that person’s natural or physical face. Since the term “face” had many figurative meanings at this time, James is using this idiomatic expression to clarify that he means the hypothetical person’s literal, physical face. You may not need to make this clarification in your language. Alternate translation: “his physical face” or “his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 1 23 j064 translate-unknown ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 in a mirror A **mirror** is a flat object made of some reflective material, such as glass or polished metal, that people use to see what they look like. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **mirror** is, you could use the name of something else that serves this purpose in your culture. Alternate translation: “reflected in the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JAS 1 24 j065 figs-explicit γὰρ 1 For **For** introduces a reason, as would be expected, but it is a reason for something that must be inferred from the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what James is giving the reason for. Alternate translation: “This did not really benefit him, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 24 j065 figs-explicit γὰρ 1 For **For** introduces a reason, as would be expected, but it is a reason for something that must be inferred from the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what James is giving the reason for. Alternate translation: “This did not really benefit him, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 24 wu34 κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 he beheld himself and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was Here James is giving an illustration in the past tense as if he were telling the story of something that had happened. (See the discussion of this in Part 3 of the Introduction to James.) If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could translate this with the present tense. Alternate translation: “he beholds himself and goes away and immediately forgets of what sort he is”
JAS 1 24 j066 writing-pronouns κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν 1 he beheld himself James is continuing the simile he began in the previous verse, so the pronouns **he** and **himself** refer to the hypothetical person who looks in the mirror. Alternate translation (using the present tense): “such a person looked at himself in a mirror” or, if you are using the present tense, “such a person looks at himself in a mirror” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JAS 1 24 j067 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was James is saying implicitly that this is a person who sees but does not do, just like a person who hears the word of God but does not obey it. The implication is that he sees in the mirror that he needs to do something such as wash his face or fix his hair. But because he does not do that when he is looking in the mirror, when he walks away, he forgets to do it. The point of the comparison is that a person who does not obey God’s word is like this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but because he did not immediately do what he saw he should do, when he walked away from the mirror, he forgot what he saw and so he did nothing about it” or, if you are using the present tense, “but because he does not immediately do what he sees he should do, when he walks away from the mirror, he forgets what he saw and so he does nothing about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ JAS 1 25 j069 figs-hypo ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλε
JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-metaphor ὁ…παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the one having gazed into the perfect law In this verse, James continues to compare hearing the word of God to looking in a mirror. But the image now becomes a metaphor rather than a simile, since James speaks figuratively about someone who has **gazed into** the **law**. He means someone who has listened attentively to God’s word. Alternate translation: “someone who has listened attentively to the perfect law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 1 25 j070 figs-possession νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. See the notes to [2:12](../02/12.md) for a further explanation of what James means by the **law of freedom**. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-abstractnouns νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the perfect law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 1 25 j071 figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 25 j071 figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 25 j072 νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom As in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [1:17](../01/17.md), the term **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. See how you translated the term in those verses. Alternate translation: “the law that is perfectly suited to set people free from sin”
JAS 1 25 j073 figs-ellipsis καὶ παραμείνας 1 and having continued James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “and who has continued to obey that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JAS 1 25 j074 figs-possession ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς 1 a hearer of forgetfulness James is using the possessive form to describe a **hearer** who is characterized by **forgetfulness**. Alternate translation: “a hearer who is forgetful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ JAS 2 3 zx9f figs-idiom σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 You sit here well
JAS 2 3 j093 figs-imperative σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 You sit here well This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sit here in this place of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JAS 2 3 j094 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The term **and** introduces a contrast between the way the rich person and the poor person are treated. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JAS 2 3 j095 figs-imperative σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there … Sit under my footstool These statements addressed to the poor person probably are direct imperatives rather than polite requests, since James is illustrating how believers might treat poor people differently from rich people. Not adding “please” to these statements would show the contrast with the way the rich person is addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JAS 2 3 ce14 figs-explicit σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there … Sit under my footstool The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 3 ce14 figs-explicit σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there … Sit under my footstool The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 3 h2fy figs-you κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 Sit under my footstool This imperative statement uses the singular first-person pronoun **my**, since it is something that one of the believers might say to the hypothetical poor person. If this would not be natural in your language, since the statement is introduced by **you** (plural) **say**, you could also use a plural form in the statement itself. Alternate translation: “Sit on the floor by our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JAS 2 4 j096 figs-hypo οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts? In this verse James describes the result of the hypothetical situation he has been describing since [2:2](../02/02.md). It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then you have distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JAS 2 4 j097 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “have you not become judges who think evil things and so begun to consider some people better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 2 4 x9el figs-rquestion οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts? As James describes this result, he uses the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have considered some people better than others, because you have become judges who think evil things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 2 4 j098 figs-possession ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 become judges of evil thoughts James is using the possessive form to describe **judges** who are characterized by **evil thoughts**. He is not speaking of people who judge whether thoughts are evil. Alternate translation: “become judges who think evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JAS 2 4 j099 figs-explicit ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 become judges of evil thoughts James is describing something more than passively assuming a certain role and thinking in a certain way. He is describing taking action based on that way of thinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “made wrong judgments about how people should be treated and then treated them that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 4 j099 figs-explicit ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 become judges of evil thoughts James is describing something more than passively assuming a certain role and thinking in a certain way. He is describing taking action based on that way of thinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “made wrong judgments about how people should be treated and then treated them that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 5 j344 figs-idiom ἀκούσατε 1 Listen James uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 2 5 m5jr figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 5 ha52 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν? 1 did not God choose the poor in the world to be rich in faith and heirs of the kingdom that he promised to the ones loving him? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen the poor in the world to be rich in faith and to be heirs of the kingdom that he has promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -199,16 +199,16 @@ JAS 2 6 vr53 ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν 1 you have dishonored the
JAS 2 6 j103 figs-nominaladj τὸν πτωχόν 1 the poor James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 2 6 j104 writing-pronouns οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court The word that is translated **themselves** here is the same word that is translated **they** in the next verse. It is effectively the subject of a new independent clause, so you could translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “Do not the rich overpower you? Do they not drag you into court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JAS 2 6 l2lu figs-rquestion οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια? 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is the rich who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 2 6 j105 figs-explicit οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια? 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court? James is implying that rich people do not deserve to be treated better by the believers to whom he is writing, since rich people have actually treated them badly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “People who are rich do not deserve to have you treat them better than others. They are the ones who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 6 j105 figs-explicit οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια? 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court? James is implying that rich people do not deserve to be treated better by the believers to whom he is writing, since rich people have actually treated them badly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “People who are rich do not deserve to have you treat them better than others. They are the ones who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 6 eeg5 figs-nominaladj οἱ πλούσιοι 1 the rich James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 2 6 z73x οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 Do not the rich overpower you Alternate translation: “Is it not the rich who oppress you”
JAS 2 6 s9k1 figs-metaphor ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you into court James is speaking figuratively of the rich as if they would physically **drag** the poor into court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 6 h8jn figs-explicit ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you into court If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why rich people were taking poor people to court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court so that they can exploit you through lawsuits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 6 h8jn figs-explicit ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you into court If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why rich people were taking poor people to court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court so that they can exploit you through lawsuits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 7 las1 figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς? 1 Do they not blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They are the ones who blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 2 7 j106 οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα 1 Do they not blaspheme the good name The word **blaspheme** can have a technical sense. It can describe a human being wrongly denying that something is divine. But the word can also have the general sense of “insult,” and that is probably the sense in which James is using it here. (However, by insulting the **name** of Jesus, these rich people were also guilty of blasphemy in the technical sense, since Jesus is divine and his name should be honored.) Alternate translation: “Do they not insult the good name”
JAS 2 7 wd8y figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα 1 the good name James is referring figuratively to the **name** of Jesus by association with the way that it is **good**. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 2 7 j107 figs-idiom τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “by which you are called” or “by which you are known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 2 7 j108 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 7 j108 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 8 j109 grammar-connect-logic-contrast εἰ μέντοι 1 If, however James is using these words to introduce a contrast with what he said in [2:6](../02/06.md), “you have dishonored the poor,” meaning “you have treated rich people much better than you have treated poor people.” Alternate translation: “But if, instead of favoring rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JAS 2 8 j110 τελεῖτε 1 you fulfill The verb **fulfill** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. It means to make something accomplish its purpose or reach its goal. Alternate translation: “you completely obey”
JAS 2 8 q9hh figs-metonymy νόμον…βασιλικὸν 1 the royal law There are two possible reasons for why James describes the **law** that he quotes here from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md) as **royal**. (1) When Jesus came proclaiming the kingdom of God, he said that this law was one of two that summed up all of the other laws and guided life in the kingdom of God. (The other law was to love God with all of one’s heart, soul, mind, and strength.) Alternate translation: “the law that guides life in the kingdom of God” (2) James may say that this **law** is **royal** because God, the true king, gave it to people. Alternate translation: “God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -217,23 +217,23 @@ JAS 2 8 j111 figs-youcrowd ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡ
JAS 2 8 gll2 figs-idiom τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor This is an idiom. It does not mean only someone who lives nearby. Alternate translation: “other people” or “anyone you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well Alternate translation: “you are doing what God wants you to do”
JAS 2 9 xt6y figs-explicit προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 you favor Your language may require you to specify the object of **favor**. Alternate translation: “you favor the rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 9 cq5h figs-activepassive ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as transgressors If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 9 cq5h figs-activepassive ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as transgressors If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as transgressors James is speaking figuratively of the law as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “and you are guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 2 10 j112 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why showing favoritism makes a person guilty of breaking God’s law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 2 10 l29g figs-idiom ὅστις…τηρήσῃ 1 whoever might keep Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “whoever might obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 2 10 jb5u figs-metaphor πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί 1 but stumble in one thing James speaks figuratively of a person disobeying a commandment as if he would **stumble**, that is, trip and lose his balance while walking. Alternate translation: “but disobey one thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 10 m8ep figs-nominaladj πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί 1 but stumble in one thing James is using the adjective **one** as a noun to refer to one commandment of the law. (ULT adds the term **thing** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “but disobey one commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 2 10 j113 πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law”
JAS 2 10 j114 figs-explicit πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 10 j114 figs-explicit πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 11 j115 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why breaking one law makes a person guilty of breaking every law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 2 11 ez11 figs-explicit ὁ…εἰπών 1 the one who said James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
JAS 2 12 c6y8 figs-you οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 Thus speak and thus act The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 12 e87r figs-possession νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JAS 2 12 j116 figs-abstractnouns νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 2 12 j117 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 12 j118 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom In this context, it appears that when James speaks of **the law of freedom**, he is referring to the commandment that he quoted in [2:8](../02/08.md), “You will love your neighbor as yourself.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly and explain how this law sets people free. Alternate translation: “the law to love one’s neighbor, which sets people free to obey God by giving them a principle to follow in all of their actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 12 j117 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 12 j118 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom In this context, it appears that when James speaks of **the law of freedom**, he is referring to the commandment that he quoted in [2:8](../02/08.md), “You will love your neighbor as yourself.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly and explain how this law sets people free. Alternate translation: “the law to love one’s neighbor, which sets people free to obey God by giving them a principle to follow in all of their actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 13 j119 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason why people should be guided in their actions by the principle of loving others, as he said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You should follow the principle of loving others because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 2 13 j120 figs-metonymy ἡ γὰρ κρίσις ἀνέλεος τῷ μὴ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος 1 judgment is merciless to those who have not done mercy James is using the word **judgment** figuratively to represent God, the one who judges. Alternate translation: “when God judges people, he will not be merciful to people who have not shown mercy to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 2 13 yv6l figs-personification ἡ γὰρ κρίσις ἀνέλεος τῷ μὴ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος 1 judgment is merciless to those who have not done mercy James is speaking figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a living thing that could act in a **merciless** way. Alternate translation: “When God judges people, he will not be merciful to people who have not shown mercy to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ JAS 2 16 j131 figs-hypo δέ 1 and James is continuing to describe the condition
JAS 2 16 j132 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 to them … them Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JAS 2 16 j133 figs-metonymy θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτάζεσθε 1 warm yourself and be satisfied The person who would say this to people in need would be speaking figuratively of clothing by association with the way its keeps people warm and figuratively of food by association with the way it satisfies people. Alternate translation: “have adequate clothing and enough food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 2 16 lj89 θερμαίνεσθε 1 warm yourself Alternate translation: “stay warm”
JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-activepassive χορτάζεσθε 1 be satisfied If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-activepassive χορτάζεσθε 1 be satisfied If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 16 j134 figs-hypo δὲ 1 but James is continuing to describe the hypothetical situation that he is using to teach. Alternate translation: “but also suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JAS 2 16 j135 writing-pronouns μὴ δῶτε 1 you do not give At the beginning of this verse, James speaks in the third-person singular of **one of you**. But he now speaks of believers generally in the second-person plural, saying **you**, to indicate how the community as a whole might respond to this situation. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the third-person singular here as well. Alternate translation: “he does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JAS 2 16 j136 figs-nominaladj τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 1 the necessary things James is using the adjective **necessary** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the things that are necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -276,9 +276,9 @@ JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σο
JAS 2 18 j145 figs-declarative κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 and I will show you my faith from works James is using a future statement to indicate something he is capable of doing. Alternate translation: “but I can show you my faith from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
JAS 2 18 j146 figs-abstractnouns κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 and I will show you my faith from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “but by doing what God wants me to do, I can show you that I truly believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 2 19 j147 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 You believe that God is one The verb translated **believe** comes from the same root as the word translated “faith.” It may be helpful to to your readers to show in your translation that James is continuing to speak to the same person as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You have faith that God is one”
JAS 2 19 j148 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 You believe that God is one As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, the people to whom James was writing were believers in Jesus who had a Jewish background. As a result, they would have known that he was referring here to the essential Jewish affirmation, “Listen, Israel, Yahweh our God is one.” Moses says this in [Deuteronomy 6:4](../deu/06/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You believe the essential teaching of Moses that there is one God”
JAS 2 19 j148 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 You believe that God is one As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, the people to whom James was writing were believers in Jesus who had a Jewish background. As a result, they would have known that he was referring here to the essential Jewish affirmation, “Listen, Israel, Yahweh our God is one.” Moses says this in [Deuteronomy 6:4](../deu/06/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You believe the essential teaching of Moses that there is one God”
JAS 2 19 j149 figs-irony καλῶς ποιεῖς; καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 You do well. The demons also believe, and they tremble When James says **you do well**, he is saying the opposite of what he really means. He grants that believing in one God is a good thing in itself, but he is actually saying that by itself, it is the kind of faith without works that cannot save a person. He proves this by observing that the demons, who are not saved, also believe that there is one God, and this makes them tremble. Alternate translation: “You may think that is a good thing to do. But the demons also believe in one God, and they tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JAS 2 19 fv39 figs-explicit καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 The demons also believe, and they tremble If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why the demons **tremble** at the thought of God. Alternate translation: “The demons also believe in one God, and they tremble, knowing that God is going to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 19 fv39 figs-explicit καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 The demons also believe, and they tremble If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the demons **tremble** at the thought of God. Alternate translation: “The demons also believe in one God, and they tremble, knowing that God is going to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν? 1 But do you wish to know, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I can show you, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 2 20 j150 figs-idiom θέλεις…γνῶναι 1 do you wish to know This is an idiom. It means “I can show you” by suggesting implicitly, “If you really want to know, I can show you.” Alternate translation as a statement: “I can show you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 2 20 j151 ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ 1 O foolish man James is addressing this hypothetical **man** in the vocative after an exclamation. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you foolish man”
@ -290,28 +290,28 @@ JAS 2 20 j155 figs-personification ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργ
JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 2 21 j156 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham … Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JAS 2 21 ph1s figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 21 j159 figs-exclusive ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metaphor βλέπεις 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 22 vde4 figs-personification ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works James is speaking figuratively of **faith** and **works** as if they were living things that could work together and help each other. Alternate translation: “Abraham was strengthened to do these works by his faith, and doing these works made his faith even stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 2 22 j160 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Abraham did these things because he believed in God, and because he did these things, he believed in God even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 2 22 j161 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 22 j161 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 22 j162 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works The verb **perfected** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. The verb refers similarly to something developing to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. Alternate translation: “what he did helped his faith become fully mature”
JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 the scripture was fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 the scripture was fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 23 l818 figs-explicit ἐπίστευσεν δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 And Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness This is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). James assumes that his readers will know that it refers to how Abraham responded to God’s promise that even though he and his wife were old and had no children, he would have as many descendants as the stars in the sky. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “Abraham believed God’s promise that he would have many descendants, and so God considered Abraham to be in a right relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 23 j163 figs-explicit φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη 1 he was called a friend of God James assumes that his readers will know that in [Isaiah 41:8](../isa/41/08.md), God refers to the Israelites as “the offspring of Abraham my friend” and that in [2 Chronicles 20:7](../2ch/20/07.md), in a prayer to God, King Jehoshaphat refers to the Israelites as “the descendants of Abraham your friend.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “he was called a friend of God in later scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 23 j164 figs-activepassive φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη 1 he was called a friend of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 23 j164 figs-activepassive φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη 1 he was called a friend of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 24 j165 figs-metaphor ὁρᾶτε 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 24 j166 figs-you ὁρᾶτε 1 you see James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of the letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating the shift back to plural here. Alternate translation: “So all of you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JAS 2 24 j167 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται 1 is justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται 1 is justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 24 j168 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 2 24 j169 figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα? 1 And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 25 hir8 figs-explicit ὁμοίως 1 similarly If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 25 hir8 figs-explicit ὁμοίως 1 similarly If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 25 j171 translate-names Ῥαὰβ 1 Rahab **Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων 1 from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **works**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what she did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 2 25 pn2f figs-explicit ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the episode recorded in the book of Joshua in which Joshua sent two spies to explore the land of Canaan. Rahab provided safety and shelter for these spies in her home, and she then sent them away safely by a route that their pursuers would not have expected them to take. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “when she provided shelter and safety in her home for the spies whom Joshua sent to explore the land of Canaan and when she sent these spies safely away by a route that their pursuers would not have expected them to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ JAS 3 3 j181 ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν 1 their whole body Since Ja
JAS 3 4 j182 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα 1 Behold also the ships The term **behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Also consider the case of ships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 4 yn42 translate-unknown πλοῖα…πηδαλίου 1 ships … rudder **Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JAS 3 4 j183 τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and driven by strong winds”
JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 4 jrk1 figs-metonymy μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder James is figuratively using the action of turning a ship to mean guiding or controlling the ship in general. (For example, a person might turn a ship in order to keep it upright, not just to direct it to a certain place.) Alternate translation: “it is controlled by the smallest rudder” or “it is guided by the smallest rudder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 3 4 j184 figs-activepassive μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 4 j184 figs-activepassive μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 4 j185 μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder Since James speaks of **ships** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural in this clause as well. Alternate translation: “they are turned by the smallest rudders” or “the smallest rudders turn them”
JAS 3 4 j186 ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 the smallest rudder James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you can translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
JAS 3 4 j187 figs-personification ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 where the inclination of the one steering desires James speaks of the **inclination** of the person steering a boat as if it were a living thing that desired to go in one direction or another. Alternate translation: “in whatever direction the one steering the boat wants it to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -355,20 +355,20 @@ JAS 3 5 j190 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 2 but Here, **but** introduc
JAS 3 5 j191 figs-personification μεγάλα αὐχεῖ 1 it boasts great things James is saying figuratively that the **tongue** is a living thing that **boasts**. Alternate translation: “with it people boast great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 3 5 qx1k figs-nominaladj μεγάλα αὐχεῖ 1 it boasts great things James is using the adjective **great** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with it people boast that they have done great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 3 5 ub5h figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 5 j192 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The implication is that James is offering his readers a further analogy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consider as a further example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 3 5 j192 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The implication is that James is offering his readers a further analogy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consider as a further example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 3 5 fr8x translate-unknown ἡλίκον πῦρ, ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει 1 how small a fire kindles so large a forest A **forest** is a place where there are many trees. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **forest** is, you could use a different illustration that would be familiar to them of an area that could be destroyed by fire, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “how a small fire can quickly spread and burn much grassland” or “how a small fire can quickly spread and burn everything in a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JAS 3 6 wm5q figs-metonymy καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ 1 The tongue is also a fire James is using the **tongue** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the tongue is used for speech. Alternate translation: “What we say is also a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 3 6 j193 figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ 1 The tongue is also a fire James is using **fire** as an analogy for the destructive effects of what people say. Alternate translation: “What we say can also be very destructive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 6 i61e figs-idiom ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας 1 a world of unrighteousness This is an idiom. The sense is that all the **unrighteousness** in the **world** could be expressed in what someone said. Alternate translation: “a vast source of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 3 6 j194 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀδικίας 1 of unrighteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers to wrong things that people say. Alternate translation: “of sinful sayings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 3 6 j195 figs-activepassive καθίσταται ἐν 1 is placed among If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 6 j195 figs-activepassive καθίσταται ἐν 1 is placed among If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 6 j196 τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 our members Alternate translation: “the other parts of our body”
JAS 3 6 j197 figs-nominaladj ἡ σπιλοῦσα 1 the thing staining James is using the participle **staining**, which functions as an adjective, with the definite article as a noun. (ULT indicates this by adding **thing**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Some languages may be able to use the participle by itself. Alternate translation: “staining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James speaks figuratively of the effects of speech as if a person’s tongue were **staining** his **body**. Alternate translation: “making the whole body impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 6 j198 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James is figuratively using the **body** to represent the entire person, since he is saying in this verse that bad speech has morally corrupting effects. Alternate translation: “making the whole person morally corrupt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 6 j199 figs-idiom φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire The **course of existence** is an idiom that could refer to: (1) a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” (2) succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 3 6 lf1j figs-metaphor φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire James is speaking figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **setting** a person’s life **on fire**. Alternate translation: “causing destruction throughout a person’s entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 6 a7qd figs-activepassive φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 it is set on fire by Gehenna If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “Gehenna sets it on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 6 a7qd figs-activepassive φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 it is set on fire by Gehenna If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “Gehenna sets it on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 6 j200 figs-metaphor φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 it is set on fire by Gehenna James continues to speak figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **fire**. Alternate translation: “its destructive effects come from Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 6 j201 translate-names τῆς Γεέννης 1 Gehenna **Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JAS 3 6 j202 figs-metaphor τῆς Γεέννης 1 Gehenna James is figuratively using the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. Alternate translation: “hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ JAS 3 7 j205 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα…φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ π
JAS 3 7 j206 πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων 1 every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals If you retain the generalization in your translation, it might be more natural in your language to use the singular for the creatures on this list. Alternate translation: “every kind of beast, bird, reptile, and marine animal”
JAS 3 7 j207 figs-merism πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων 1 every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals James is figuratively using various categories of creatures to mean every creature. Alternate translation: “every kind of creature that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
JAS 3 7 zw5m figs-nominaladj ἐναλίων 1 marine animals James is using the adjective **marine** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **animals** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sea creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 3 7 ug59 figs-activepassive δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 7 ug59 figs-activepassive δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 7 j208 figs-doublet δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind James says both **is being tamed** and **has been tamed** for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine them. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is in the process of taming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JAS 3 7 j209 τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 by the human kind Alternate translation: “by people”
JAS 3 8 j210 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς…ἀνθρώπων 1 none of men James is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ JAS 3 14 j233 τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 your heart Since **you** and **y
JAS 3 14 j234 figs-explicit μὴ κατακαυχᾶσθε καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 do not boast and lie against the truth Since James says in the previous verse that someone who is truly wise will be humble, he could be saying here that if someone claims to be wise but is jealous and ambitious, he is showing that he is actually not wise. Alternate translation: “then do not boast that you are wise, because that would not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 3 14 a191 figs-abstractnouns ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 lie against the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “tell lies that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 3 14 j235 figs-explicitinfo ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 lie against the truth In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could express the same meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “say things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
JAS 3 15 j236 figs-explicit αὕτη 1 This **This** refers to the “bitter jealousy and ambition” that James describes in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This bitter jealousy and ambition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 3 15 j236 figs-explicit αὕτη 1 This **This** refers to the “bitter jealousy and ambition” that James describes in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This bitter jealousy and ambition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 3 15 g44u figs-abstractnouns ἡ σοφία 1 the wisdom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 3 15 clz6 figs-metaphor ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη 1 that comes down from above James says **from above**, meaning “from heaven,” as a spatial metaphor that means “from God.” Alternate translation: “that comes from God” or “that God teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 15 h36b figs-metonymy ἐπίγειος 1 earthly The word **earthly** refers to the values and behavior of people who do not honor God. James uses the word by association with the way such people live on earth without regard for the values and behavior that are characteristic of heaven. Alternate translation: “not honoring to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ JAS 4 2 khh9 figs-metaphor φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε 1 You kill a
JAS 4 2 j246 figs-hendiadys φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε 1 You kill and envy James is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **kill** describes how his readers **envy** what others have. Alternate translation: “you envy hatefully” of “you envy murderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
JAS 4 2 j247 figs-metaphor μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war As in [4:1](../04/01.md), James is using the terms **battle** and **war** figuratively. Alternate translation: “You engage in disputes and conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 4 2 v9m8 figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war The words **battle** and **war** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “You have continual conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JAS 4 2 j248 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε, διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς 1 You do not have because you do not ask If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “You do not get what you want because you do not ask God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 2 j248 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε, διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς 1 You do not have because you do not ask If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “You do not get what you want because you do not ask God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 3 j249 grammar-connect-logic-contrast αἰτεῖτε καὶ οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 You ask and you do not receive James is using the word translated **and** to introduce a contrast between these two clauses. Alternate translation: “You ask but you do not receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JAS 4 3 nk57 κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε 1 you ask badly James does not mean that his readers are asking for things in the wrong way. He means that they are asking for the wrong reason. Alternate translation: “you are asking for the wrong reason”
JAS 4 3 j250 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν δαπανήσητε 1 so that you may spend on your lusts James says figuratively that his readers would **spend** what they acquired on their lusts. Alternate translation: “so that you can gratify your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ JAS 4 4 br36 figs-personification ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendsh
JAS 4 4 jf1g figs-metaphor ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is enmity with God James probably does not consider that his readers have literally become sworn enemies of God. He is using the term **enmity** figuratively to describe how opposed the worldly value system is to the way God wants people to live. Alternate translation: “is contrary to what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 4 4 j253 figs-metonymy φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου 1 to be a friend of the world See how you translated the term **world** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “to be a friend of an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 4 4 j254 figs-personification φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου 1 to be a friend of the world James speaks figuratively again of the ungodly value system as if it were a person with whom someone could be friends. Alternate translation: “to live by an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 4 4 j255 figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 is made If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “makes himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 4 4 j255 figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 is made If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “makes himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 4 4 j256 figs-metaphor ἐχθρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 an enemy of God See how you translated the similar expression earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “someone who lives in a way contrary to what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 4 5 i2y4 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Or do you think that the Scripture says vainly James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. (In this context, the term **vainly** means “for no good reason,” not “in a conceited way.”) Alternate translation: “There is a good reason why the Scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 4 5 j257 ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 the Scripture says James is describing the general teaching of the Bible, not referring to a specific passage. In cases like this, your language might use the plural instead of the singular. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ JAS 4 6 j261 μείζονα…χάριν 1 greater grace The comparative **grea
JAS 4 6 hyh2 writing-pronouns διὸ λέγει 1 Therefore it says The pronoun **it** refers to the Scripture, the antecedent from the previous verse. Even though James is now quoting a specific passage, [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md), rather than a general teaching, the reference is to the Bible as a whole. Alternate translation: “Therefore the Scripture says” or “Therefore the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JAS 4 6 j262 figs-personification λέγει 1 it says James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς 1 the proud … the humble James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 4 7 g7e5 figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 4 7 g7e5 figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 4 7 da5t grammar-connect-logic-result ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore James is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because God gives grace to the humble, be submitted” or “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 4 7 j263 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀντίστητε δὲ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ φεύξεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 But resist the devil, and he will flee from you James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “But resist the devil. If you do, then he will flee from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 4 7 nud3 ἀντίστητε…τῷ διαβόλῳ 1 resist the devil Alternate translation: “resolve not to do what the devil wants”
@ -497,14 +497,14 @@ JAS 4 8 j268 figs-nominaladj δίψυχοι 1 double-minded James is using the a
JAS 4 8 j269 δίψυχοι 1 double-minded James is addressing his readers in the vocative. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you double-minded people”
JAS 4 8 iw61 figs-metaphor δίψυχοι 1 double-minded See how you translated the same expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). James is speaking figuratively of his readers as if they had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “you people who cannot decide whether to obey God or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 4 9 kdn8 figs-doublet ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Be miserable and mourn and weep These three verbs have similar meanings. James is using them together to emphasize how sorry his readers should be. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JAS 4 9 j270 figs-explicit ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Be miserable and mourn and weep If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what James is telling his readers to be sorry for. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry for not obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 9 j270 figs-explicit ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Be miserable and mourn and weep If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what James is telling his readers to be sorry for. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry for not obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 9 j271 figs-ellipsis ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom In the second part of this sentence, James leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and let your joy be changed into gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JAS 4 9 j272 figs-activepassive ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say this with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter become mourning, and let your joy become gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 4 9 j272 figs-activepassive ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could express this with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter become mourning, and let your joy become gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 4 9 j273 figs-abstractnouns ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **laughter**, **mourning**, **joy**, and **gloom**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Stop laughing and be sad. Stop being joyful and be gloomy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 4 9 rf6g figs-parallelism ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom These two clauses mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JAS 4 9 j274 figs-explicit ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why James is telling his readers to show such sorrow. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow for your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 9 j274 figs-explicit ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why James is telling his readers to show such sorrow. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow for your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 10 j275 grammar-connect-logic-result ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον Κυρίου, καὶ ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 Be humbled before the Lord, and he will lift you up James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “If you are humbled before the Lord, then he will lift you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 4 10 j276 figs-activepassive ταπεινώθητε 1 Be humbled If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Humble yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 4 10 j276 figs-activepassive ταπεινώθητε 1 Be humbled If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Humble yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 4 10 an8i figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 before the Lord The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. While in one sense God is present everywhere, the believers to whom James is writing are not in the direct physical presence of God, so he likely means this expression in a figurative sense. He is referring to the attitude they should have towards God. Alternate translation: “in your attitude towards God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 4 10 tn5w figs-metaphor ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 he will lift you up James is speaking figuratively as if his readers would humbly kneel down or bow down in front of God to show their repentance and as if God would have them stand up to show that he accepted them. Alternate translation: “he will show that he accepts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 4 11 r3hc μὴ καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων 1 Do not speak against one another Alternate translation: “Do not say bad things about one another”
@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ JAS 4 11 uyi9 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ…τὸν ἀδε
JAS 4 11 j277 figs-explicit καταλαλεῖ νόμου καὶ κρίνει νόμον 1 speaks against the law and judges the law By **the law**, James means the same thing that he calls the “royal law” in [2:8](../02/08.md) and the “law of freedom” in [1:25](../01/25.md) and [2:12](../02/12.md). That is, he means the commandment “you will love your neighbor as yourself.” James is teaching his readers that by saying or assuming that their fellow believers were doing wrong things, they were not following this commandment and they were treating the commandment as if it were not important to follow. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the term “neighbor” in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “contradicts the law that says to love other people as oneself and judges that law to be unimportant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 11 j278 figs-youcrowd εἰ…νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου 1 if you judge the law, you are not a doer of the law The word **you** is singular in these two cases because even though James is addressing a group of people, he is describing an individual situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
JAS 4 11 j279 figs-ellipsis οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 you are not a doer of the law, but a judge In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “you are not a doer of the law, but a judge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JAS 4 11 jlx4 figs-explicit οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 you are not a doer of the law, but a judge If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. See how you translated the similar phrase at the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “instead of loving other people, you are saying that it is not important to love them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 11 jlx4 figs-explicit οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 you are not a doer of the law, but a judge If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. See how you translated the similar phrase at the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “instead of loving other people, you are saying that it is not important to love them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 4 12 e9da εἷς ἐστιν νομοθέτης καὶ κριτής 1 The lawgiver and judge is one Alternate translation: “The lawgiver and judge are the same person”
JAS 4 12 j280 figs-distinguish ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι καὶ ἀπολέσαι 1 the one who is able to save and to destroy James uses this phrase, which identifies God by two of his attributes, to clarify whom he means by **the lawgiver and judge**. Alternate translation: “God, who is able to save and to destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JAS 4 12 m49q figs-rquestion σὺ δὲ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων τὸν πλησίον? 1 But who are you, the one judging a neighbor? James is using the question form to challenge and teach his readers. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But you have no right to judge a neighbor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -545,20 +545,20 @@ JAS 5 2 v241 figs-synecdoche ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, κα
JAS 5 2 j297 figs-explicit ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν 1 Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” in the next verse (see the note to that statement), James may be saying figuratively that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 2 j298 figs-simile ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν 1 Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 5 3 am1u figs-pastforfuture ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished James is using the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the future. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver are going to be tarnished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JAS 5 3 wj9v figs-activepassive ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 3 wj9v figs-activepassive ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 3 j299 figs-explicit ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” (see the first note to that statement below), James may be saying figuratively that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 3 q4pm figs-simile ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 5 3 j300 καὶ ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 and their rust will be for a testimony against you If you created a verse bridge and you also combined the statement “your gold and silver have been tarnished” with the two clauses in [5:2](../05/02.md), it would be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to use a general expression that would apply to everything that these rich people own. Alternate translation: “The ruins of your possessions will be for a testimony against you” or “The ruins of your possessions will testify against you”
JAS 5 3 e55t figs-metaphor ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 their rust will be for a testimony against you James is speaking figuratively of this **rust** as if it would be presented as evidence in a case against the rich people. Alternate translation: “the rust on your gold and silver will show that you did the wrong thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 3 j301 figs-explicit ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 their rust will be for a testimony against you If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what wrong thing these rich people have done, as evidenced by this **rust**. Alternate translation: “the rust of your gold and silver will show that you have done the wrong thing by devoting yourselves to accumulating wealth rather than to helping other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 3 j301 figs-explicit ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 their rust will be for a testimony against you If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what wrong thing these rich people have done, as evidenced by this **rust**. Alternate translation: “the rust of your gold and silver will show that you have done the wrong thing by devoting yourselves to accumulating wealth rather than to helping other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 3 w3aj figs-metonymy φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ 1 it will eat your flesh James is using the word **flesh** to mean the human body, by association with the way the body is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “it will eat your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 5 3 j6fe figs-metaphor φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ 1 it will eat your flesh James is saying figuratively that this rust will corrode and consume the owners of the gold and silver that it is also corroding. Alternate translation: “it will consume you” or “it will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 3 i37x figs-simile ὡς πῦρ 1 like fire It may be helpful to express the meaning of this simile more fully. Alternate translation: “just as fire consumes everything that it burns” or “just as fire ruins everything that it burns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 5 3 j302 figs-explicit ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4-6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 3 j302 figs-explicit ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4-6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 3 j303 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If the first interpretation of this statement in the note just above is correct, then James is giving the reason for the results that he describes in the previous verse and in the earlier part of this verse. If you created a verse bridge as described in the first note to [5:2](../05/02.md), you could put this reason before the result by placing this statement first in that bridge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 5 3 np1u figs-idiom ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 the last days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JAS 5 4 j304 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν 1 Behold, the pay of the workers The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. It may be helpful to express its meaning as a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “Consider this! The pay of the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 4 j305 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει 1 the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out If your language does not use this passive form, you could say it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 4 j305 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει 1 the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 4 e9iy figs-personification κράζει 1 is crying out James is speaking figuratively of this **pay** as if it were a living thing that could cry out. Alternate translation: “is obvious evidence that you have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 5 4 n21a figs-metonymy αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων, εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ εἰσελήλυθαν 1 the cries of the harvesting ones have entered into the ears of the Lord of Sabaoth James is speaking figuratively of the **ears** of the Lord to mean his hearing. Alternate translation: “the Lord of Sabaoth has heard the cries of the harvesting ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 5 4 j306 figs-explicit Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ 1 the Lord of Sabaoth James assumes that his readers will know that he is speaking of God by a name by which he is often known in the Old Testament. The Hebrew term **Sabaoth** means “military forces.” Alternate translation: “God, the Lord of the Heavenly Armies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ JAS 5 6 u5c5 figs-synecdoche κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τ
JAS 5 6 j311 figs-nominaladj τὸν δίκαιον 1 the righteous James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous person” or “the innocent person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 5 6 lq6p figs-genericnoun τὸν δίκαιον 1 the righteous The expression **the righteous** refers to righteous people in general, not to one specific person. Alternate translation: “righteous people” or “innocent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JAS 5 6 z7w1 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 He does not resist you This could mean: (1) the innocent people are not able to resist what the rich people are doing. Alternate translation: “He is not able to resist you” (2) the innocent people wanted a peaceful resolution and were not fighting back. Alternate translation: “You have done this even though the innocent person wanted a peaceful resolution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 6 j312 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 He does not resist you In light of everything that James says in [5:1-6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 6 j312 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 He does not resist you In light of everything that James says in [5:1-6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 7 a4sv grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore James uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said about rich people. He is referring specifically to what he said about God’s judgment being imminent. Alternate translation: “Because you know that God will soon judge the people who are oppressing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 5 7 j313 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 7 wgk4 ἕως τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου 1 until the coming of the Lord James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “until Jesus returns” or “until the Lord Jesus returns”
@ -581,12 +581,12 @@ JAS 5 7 y4er figs-genericnoun ὁ γεωργὸς ἐκδέχεται 1 the farm
JAS 5 7 j315 τὸν τίμιον καρπὸν τῆς γῆς 1 the valuable fruit of the earth James uses the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “the valuable crops that grow from the earth”
JAS 5 7 j316 writing-pronouns μακροθυμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἕως λάβῃ 1 waiting patiently for it until it receives If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **it** refers to in each of these cases. Alternate translation: “waiting patiently for this fruit until the earth receives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JAS 5 7 j317 figs-nominaladj πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον 1 the early and the late James is using the adjectives **early** and **late** as nouns to refer to types of rain. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the rain that comes early in the growing season and the rain that comes late in the growing season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 5 7 j318 figs-explicit πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον 1 the early and the late If it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not be familiar with rainfed agriculture, you could say why these farmers needed to wait for rain to fall on their crops. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 7 j318 figs-explicit πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον 1 the early and the late If it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not be familiar with rainfed agriculture, you could state why these farmers needed to wait for rain to fall on their crops. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 8 j319 μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You also wait patiently Here James makes clear that what he said about farmers in the previous verse was an analogy for his readers. Alternate translation: “You should also wait patiently, just as a farmer does”
JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metaphor στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 Strengthen your hearts James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the will. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 8 jw3b ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν 1 the coming of the Lord has come near James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. (By **near** he means near in time. This is not a spatial metaphor.) Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon” or “the Lord Jesus will return soon”
JAS 5 9 k74r figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may be not judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may be not judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 9 ita4 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς 1 Behold, the judge The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Be aware that the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν 1 the judge is standing at the door James is figuratively comparing Jesus to a judge who is just about to walk into a courtroom. Alternate translation: “Jesus will soon return and judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 10 j320 ὑπόδειγμα λάβετε, ἀδελφοί, τῆς κακοπαθίας 1 Take an example, brothers, of the suffering Alternate translation: “Take as your example, brothers, the suffering”
@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ JAS 5 12 s755 μὴ ὀμνύετε 1 do not swear Here, to **swear** means to
JAS 5 12 j324 figs-ellipsis ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your “Yes” be “Yes” and “No,” “No” In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “let your ‘Yes’ be ‘Yes’ and let your ‘No’ be ‘No’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your “Yes” be “Yes” and “No,” “No” Alternate translation: “simply give your word, without making an oath”
JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment James is speaking figuratively of **judgment** as something that a person might **fall under**. Alternate translation: “so that you will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 12 j325 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “so that God will not have to judge and punish you for breaking your oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 12 j325 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “so that God will not have to judge and punish you for breaking your oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to state a condition, and he describes the result in a short sentence right after the question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you is suffering hardship, then he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James is again using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is cheerful, then he should sing praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 5 14 in34 figs-rquestion ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν 1 Is anyone among you sick? Let him summon the elders of the church, and let them pray Once again James is using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you sick, then he should summon the elders of the church and they should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -616,21 +616,21 @@ JAS 5 15 j329 figs-possession ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει
JAS 5 15 j330 figs-nominaladj ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 5 15 c8q6 figs-personification ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is speaking figuratively of this **prayer** as if it would heal the sick person itself. Alternate translation: “in answer to this prayer that is offered in faith, God will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 5 15 ei3q figs-metonymy ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord will raise him up James is speaking figuratively of the sick person’s restoration to health by association with the way that the person will get **up** out of bed when he recovers. Alternate translation: “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his regular activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 5 15 j331 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 15 j331 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 16 dl5k grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore James uses **Therefore** to introduce something that believers should do as a result of what he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain in more detail what he means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆτε 1 you may be healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆτε 1 you may be healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 16 j332 πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong The term **working** has the sense of an adverb rather than an adjective. Alternate translation: “The prayer of the righteous is very strong as it is working” or “The prayer of the righteous is very strong in its effects”
JAS 5 16 j333 figs-nominaladj πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “The working prayer of a person who is righteous is very strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 5 16 zk62 figs-personification πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong James is speaking figuratively of **prayer** as if it were a living thing that was **very strong** by itself. Alternate translation: “When a person who is righteous prays, God does very powerful things in response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 5 17 j334 figs-explicit Ἠλείας 1 Elijah James assumes that his readers will know from the Scriptures about this episode in Elijah’s life. If your readers might not be familiar with it, you could describe it in more detail. Alternate translation: “You know from the Scriptures how a prophet named Elijah who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 17 j335 figs-explicit ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν 1 of similar passions to us This expression means that Elijah had the same feelings as any other human being. In context, James is indicating specifically that he too had the kind of feelings that make it difficult for people to pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had the same doubts and fears that we all do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 17 j335 figs-explicit ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν 1 of similar passions to us This expression means that Elijah had the same feelings as any other human being. In context, James is indicating specifically that he too had the kind of feelings that make it difficult for people to pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had the same doubts and fears that we all do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 5 17 vhw2 figs-explicitinfo προσευχῇ προσηύξατο 1 he prayed with prayer To indicate that Elijah prayed intensely, James is using an indirect object with a verb that comes from the same root. If your language uses a similar construction, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he prayed intensely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
JAS 5 18 j336 writing-pronouns πάλιν προσηύξατο 1 he prayed again The pronoun **he** refers to Elijah. Alternate translation: “Elijah prayed again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JAS 5 18 zwc9 figs-personification ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν 1 the heaven gave rain In this context, **the heaven** means “the sky.” James is speaking figuratively of the sky as if it were a living thing that **gave rain**. Alternate translation: “rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 5 18 yi7m figs-personification ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς 1 the earth produced its fruit James is speaking figuratively of the **earth** as if it were a living thing that **produced fruit**. As in [5:7](../05/07.md), James is using the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “crops grew from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 5 19 xr4l figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 19 dv4v figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth As in [1:16](../01/16.md), James is speaking figuratively as if a deceptive guide may have led one of his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “if anyone among you may have been deceived regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 19 j337 figs-activepassive ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 19 j337 figs-activepassive ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 19 j338 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 5 19 j339 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν 1 someone turns him back James is continuing the metaphor of someone guiding a person in the right direction. Alternate translation: “someone corrects him” or “someone shows him what is actually true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 20 j340 writing-pronouns γινωσκέτω 1 let him know The pronoun **him** refers to the person who corrects another believer who has been deceived. Alternate translation: “the person who corrects the deceived believer should know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
12 JAS 1 2 knw6 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε 1 Consider it all joy If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “You should be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
13 JAS 1 2 j004 figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε 1 Consider it all joy James says **all** as an overstatement for emphasis. He does not mean that believers should be happy about all the bad things that happen to them when they encounter **trials**. Rather, he means that the **trials** provide a general occasion for them to rejoice because of the valuable things God that is developing in their lives. He describes these things in the next verse. Alternate translation: “You should be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
14 JAS 1 2 j005 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers James is using the term **brothers** figuratively to refer to fellow believers in Jesus. Alternate translation, as in UST: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15 JAS 1 2 j006 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers James is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that James is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could say “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) James is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that James is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
16 JAS 1 2 j007 figs-metaphor περιπέσητε 1 you fall into James is speaking figuratively of **trials** as if they were a hole or pit that believers could **fall into**. Alternate translation: “you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17 JAS 1 2 j008 figs-you περιπέσητε 1 you fall into The pronoun **you** is plural here, since James is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally throughout the letter, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. These notes will identify the few places where they are singular instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18 JAS 1 3 j009 γινώσκοντες ὅτι 1 knowing that It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that” or “You should realize that”
22 JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 lacking in nothing You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
23 JAS 1 5 du7z figs-abstractnouns λείπεται σοφίας 1 lacks wisdom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24 JAS 1 5 q2df αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ 1 let him ask from God Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
25 JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26 JAS 1 6 j010 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει 1 in faith If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27 JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 doubting nothing If your readers would misunderstand this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing**, you could use a positive expression to translate it. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
28 JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like the waves in the ocean, which keep moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
29 JAS 1 6 j011 translate-unknown κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **wave of the sea**, you could use another illustration that would be familiar to them. Alternate translation: “the desert sand swirling in the wind” or “stalks of tall grass swaying back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30 JAS 1 6 j012 figs-activepassive κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31 JAS 1 7 j013 figs-gendernotations μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 For let that man not think James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Such a person should not think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
32 JAS 1 8 b5t6 figs-metaphor ἀνὴρ δίψυχος 1 a double-minded man James speaks figuratively of this person as if he had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “a man who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33 JAS 1 8 j014 figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ δίψυχος 1 a double-minded man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
63 JAS 1 12 k3hh figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 he will receive the crown of life James is using the image of a **crown** figuratively to indicate that God will honor this person. Alternate translation: “God will honor him by giving him life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
64 JAS 1 12 j031 figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 he will receive the crown of life James is likely not speaking of physical **life** but of spiritual **life**, that is, of living forever in the presence of God after physical death. Alternate translation: “God will honor that person by giving him everlasting life in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 JAS 1 12 hx28 writing-pronouns ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 which he promised to the ones who love him In this last clause in the verse, the words **he** and **him** refer to God, not to the person who **endures trial**. Alternate translation: “which God promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
66 JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am tempted by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
67 JAS 1 13 p5cp ὁ…Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν 1 God is untempted by evil Even though the word that ULT translates as **untempted** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, it may be helpful to your readers if you translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “evil does not tempt God” or “God’s desires never lead him to do something wrong”
68 JAS 1 13 zb13 πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα 1 and he himself tempts no one Alternate translation: “and God himself never leads anyone to do anything wrong”
69 JAS 1 14 j032 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But James is using the word **But** to indicate a contrast between the wrong idea that God might tempt someone and the truth that each person **is tempted by his own desire**. This is actually a strong contrast, and you may wish to use a strong expression for it. Alternate translation: “No, on the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
70 JAS 1 14 j033 figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed If your readers would misunderstand these passive phrases, you could say each of these things with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “each person’s own desire tempts him by enticing him and then dragging him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand these passive phrases, you could express each of these things with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “each person’s own desire tempts him by enticing him and then dragging him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
71 JAS 1 14 nj9m figs-personification ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed James is speaking figuratively of **desire** as if it were a living thing that could actively tempt people, entice them, and drag them away captive. Alternate translation: “each person wants to do wrong when he desires something that he should not desire and, because he is attracted to that thing, he commits sin and then cannot stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
72 JAS 1 14 nle5 figs-events ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 dragged away and enticed Since the word translated as **enticed** often means to use bait to trap prey, James may be stressing the result (the captured prey being **dragged away**) by speaking of it before the method that was used to achieve it (baiting a trap). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that the method came before the result. Alternate translation: “enticed and dragged away” or “dragged away after being enticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
73 JAS 1 14 z4bd figs-metaphor ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 dragged away and enticed James is speaking figuratively of temptation as if the person who gave in to it were captured in a baited trap. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this metaphor as a simile. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wrong thing he desired were bait in a trap that caught him so that a hunter could then drag him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76 JAS 1 15 j035 figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 and sin, having grown up, gives birth to death James also speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a living thing, a baby girl who grew up to be a woman who also became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “and if he continues to sin, it will affect more and more of his life until it causes his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
77 JAS 1 15 j036 figs-metaphor ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 gives birth to death Here, **death** could mean: (1) spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
78 JAS 1 16 v195 figs-metaphor μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is speaking figuratively as if some deceptive guides were trying to lead his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
79 JAS 1 16 j037 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
80 JAS 1 16 j038 figs-explicit μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” or “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
81 JAS 1 16 j039 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
82 JAS 1 17 j040 figs-metaphor πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν 1 Every good present and every perfect gift is from above Here, **from above** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes God. Alternate translation: “God gives us every good present and every perfect gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
85 JAS 1 17 n7d8 figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων 1 the Father of lights Here, **lights** likely means the lights in the sky, that is, the sun, moon, and stars. James says figuratively that God is their **Father** because he created them. Alternate translation: “God, who created all the lights in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86 JAS 1 17 j042 figs-doublet παρ’ ᾧ οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγὴ ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 with whom there is no change or shadow of turning Here, **change** and **shadow of turning** mean similar things. James is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase and express the metaphor of a **shadow** (see later note) as a simile. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God does not change as shifting shadows do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
87 JAS 1 17 j043 figs-possession τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning James is using the possessive form to describe a **shadow** that is characterized by **turning**. Alternate translation: “shadow that turns” or “shadow that changes position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
88 JAS 1 17 j044 figs-explicit τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning James is contrasting God, the Creator of the lights in the sky, with those lights themselves, which are not as great as their Creator. They create shadows that change position, but God never deviates from wanting only good things for people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “turning shadow such as the sun or moon casts. No, God always wants good things for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) James is contrasting God, the Creator of the lights in the sky, with those lights themselves, which are not as great as their Creator. They create shadows that change position, but God never deviates from wanting only good things for people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “turning shadow such as the sun or moon casts. No, God always wants good things for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
89 JAS 1 17 g5ge figs-metaphor τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning There could not literally be a **shadow** in God, so this is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “variability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
90 JAS 1 18 j045 βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 Having willed, he gave birth to us Alternate translation: “God chose to give birth to us”
91 JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 Having willed, he gave birth to us James says figuratively that God **gave birth to us** because God gives spiritual life to everyone who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God chose to give us spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93 JAS 1 18 j047 figs-possession λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
94 JAS 1 18 ykq9 figs-metonymy λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using term **word** figuratively to describe the message about Jesus that was conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “by the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
95 JAS 1 18 j048 figs-abstractnouns λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression that uses an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
96 JAS 1 18 j049 figs-explicit λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is referring implicitly to the message about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) James is referring implicitly to the message about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
97 JAS 1 18 j346 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 for us to be something like a firstfruits of his creatures This is a purpose clause. James is stating the purpose for which God **desired to give us birth**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would be like a firstfruits of his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
98 JAS 1 18 j050 figs-explicit ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 something like a firstfruits of his creatures James is assuming that his readers will know that he is using the traditional Israelite offering known as **firstfruits** as a simile. The law of Moses required the Israelites to offer to God some of the first crops they harvested each year. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state specifically that this is the name of an offering. Alternate translation: “something like an offering of firstfruits from among his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
99 JAS 1 18 qh2e figs-simile ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 something like a firstfruits of his creatures When they offered some of their first crops to God each year, the Israelites were acknowledging that the entire crop belonged to God and was a gift from God to them. James is using this **firstfruits** offering as a simile to indicate that the believers of his time are an indication that there will be many more people who will belong to God in the future. In fact, since James speaks of **creatures**, he may even mean that believers in Jesus are the first part of God’s creation to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule. Alternate translation: “the first of many people who would believe in Jesus” or “the first of God’s creatures to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
127 JAS 1 23 j063 figs-gendernotations ἀνδρὶ 1 a man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
128 JAS 1 23 shn9 figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the face of his birth This is an idiom that refers to the **face** a person was born with, that is, that person’s natural or physical face. Since the term “face” had many figurative meanings at this time, James is using this idiomatic expression to clarify that he means the hypothetical person’s literal, physical face. You may not need to make this clarification in your language. Alternate translation: “his physical face” or “his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
129 JAS 1 23 j064 translate-unknown ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 in a mirror A **mirror** is a flat object made of some reflective material, such as glass or polished metal, that people use to see what they look like. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **mirror** is, you could use the name of something else that serves this purpose in your culture. Alternate translation: “reflected in the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
130 JAS 1 24 j065 figs-explicit γὰρ 1 For **For** introduces a reason, as would be expected, but it is a reason for something that must be inferred from the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what James is giving the reason for. Alternate translation: “This did not really benefit him, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) **For** introduces a reason, as would be expected, but it is a reason for something that must be inferred from the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what James is giving the reason for. Alternate translation: “This did not really benefit him, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
131 JAS 1 24 wu34 κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 he beheld himself and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was Here James is giving an illustration in the past tense as if he were telling the story of something that had happened. (See the discussion of this in Part 3 of the Introduction to James.) If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could translate this with the present tense. Alternate translation: “he beholds himself and goes away and immediately forgets of what sort he is”
132 JAS 1 24 j066 writing-pronouns κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν 1 he beheld himself James is continuing the simile he began in the previous verse, so the pronouns **he** and **himself** refer to the hypothetical person who looks in the mirror. Alternate translation (using the present tense): “such a person looked at himself in a mirror” or, if you are using the present tense, “such a person looks at himself in a mirror” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
133 JAS 1 24 j067 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was James is saying implicitly that this is a person who sees but does not do, just like a person who hears the word of God but does not obey it. The implication is that he sees in the mirror that he needs to do something such as wash his face or fix his hair. But because he does not do that when he is looking in the mirror, when he walks away, he forgets to do it. The point of the comparison is that a person who does not obey God’s word is like this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but because he did not immediately do what he saw he should do, when he walked away from the mirror, he forgot what he saw and so he did nothing about it” or, if you are using the present tense, “but because he does not immediately do what he sees he should do, when he walks away from the mirror, he forgets what he saw and so he does nothing about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
136 JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-metaphor ὁ…παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the one having gazed into the perfect law In this verse, James continues to compare hearing the word of God to looking in a mirror. But the image now becomes a metaphor rather than a simile, since James speaks figuratively about someone who has **gazed into** the **law**. He means someone who has listened attentively to God’s word. Alternate translation: “someone who has listened attentively to the perfect law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
137 JAS 1 25 j070 figs-possession νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. See the notes to [2:12](../02/12.md) for a further explanation of what James means by the **law of freedom**. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
138 JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-abstractnouns νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the perfect law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
139 JAS 1 25 j071 figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
140 JAS 1 25 j072 νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom As in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [1:17](../01/17.md), the term **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. See how you translated the term in those verses. Alternate translation: “the law that is perfectly suited to set people free from sin”
141 JAS 1 25 j073 figs-ellipsis καὶ παραμείνας 1 and having continued James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “and who has continued to obey that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
142 JAS 1 25 j074 figs-possession ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς 1 a hearer of forgetfulness James is using the possessive form to describe a **hearer** who is characterized by **forgetfulness**. Alternate translation: “a hearer who is forgetful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
179 JAS 2 3 j093 figs-imperative σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 You sit here well This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sit here in this place of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
180 JAS 2 3 j094 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The term **and** introduces a contrast between the way the rich person and the poor person are treated. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
181 JAS 2 3 j095 figs-imperative σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there … Sit under my footstool These statements addressed to the poor person probably are direct imperatives rather than polite requests, since James is illustrating how believers might treat poor people differently from rich people. Not adding “please” to these statements would show the contrast with the way the rich person is addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
182 JAS 2 3 ce14 figs-explicit σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there … Sit under my footstool The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
183 JAS 2 3 h2fy figs-you κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 Sit under my footstool This imperative statement uses the singular first-person pronoun **my**, since it is something that one of the believers might say to the hypothetical poor person. If this would not be natural in your language, since the statement is introduced by **you** (plural) **say**, you could also use a plural form in the statement itself. Alternate translation: “Sit on the floor by our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
184 JAS 2 4 j096 figs-hypo οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts? In this verse James describes the result of the hypothetical situation he has been describing since [2:2](../02/02.md). It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then you have distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
185 JAS 2 4 j097 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “have you not become judges who think evil things and so begun to consider some people better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
186 JAS 2 4 x9el figs-rquestion οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts? As James describes this result, he uses the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have considered some people better than others, because you have become judges who think evil things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
187 JAS 2 4 j098 figs-possession ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 become judges of evil thoughts James is using the possessive form to describe **judges** who are characterized by **evil thoughts**. He is not speaking of people who judge whether thoughts are evil. Alternate translation: “become judges who think evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
188 JAS 2 4 j099 figs-explicit ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 become judges of evil thoughts James is describing something more than passively assuming a certain role and thinking in a certain way. He is describing taking action based on that way of thinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “made wrong judgments about how people should be treated and then treated them that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) James is describing something more than passively assuming a certain role and thinking in a certain way. He is describing taking action based on that way of thinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “made wrong judgments about how people should be treated and then treated them that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
189 JAS 2 5 j344 figs-idiom ἀκούσατε 1 Listen James uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
190 JAS 2 5 m5jr figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
191 JAS 2 5 ha52 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν? 1 did not God choose the poor in the world to be rich in faith and heirs of the kingdom that he promised to the ones loving him? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen the poor in the world to be rich in faith and to be heirs of the kingdom that he has promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
199 JAS 2 6 j103 figs-nominaladj τὸν πτωχόν 1 the poor James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
200 JAS 2 6 j104 writing-pronouns οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court The word that is translated **themselves** here is the same word that is translated **they** in the next verse. It is effectively the subject of a new independent clause, so you could translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “Do not the rich overpower you? Do they not drag you into court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
201 JAS 2 6 l2lu figs-rquestion οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια? 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is the rich who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
202 JAS 2 6 j105 figs-explicit οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια? 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court? James is implying that rich people do not deserve to be treated better by the believers to whom he is writing, since rich people have actually treated them badly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “People who are rich do not deserve to have you treat them better than others. They are the ones who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) James is implying that rich people do not deserve to be treated better by the believers to whom he is writing, since rich people have actually treated them badly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “People who are rich do not deserve to have you treat them better than others. They are the ones who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
203 JAS 2 6 eeg5 figs-nominaladj οἱ πλούσιοι 1 the rich James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
204 JAS 2 6 z73x οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 Do not the rich overpower you Alternate translation: “Is it not the rich who oppress you”
205 JAS 2 6 s9k1 figs-metaphor ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you into court James is speaking figuratively of the rich as if they would physically **drag** the poor into court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
206 JAS 2 6 h8jn figs-explicit ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you into court If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why rich people were taking poor people to court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court so that they can exploit you through lawsuits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why rich people were taking poor people to court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court so that they can exploit you through lawsuits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
207 JAS 2 7 las1 figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς? 1 Do they not blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They are the ones who blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
208 JAS 2 7 j106 οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα 1 Do they not blaspheme the good name The word **blaspheme** can have a technical sense. It can describe a human being wrongly denying that something is divine. But the word can also have the general sense of “insult,” and that is probably the sense in which James is using it here. (However, by insulting the **name** of Jesus, these rich people were also guilty of blasphemy in the technical sense, since Jesus is divine and his name should be honored.) Alternate translation: “Do they not insult the good name”
209 JAS 2 7 wd8y figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα 1 the good name James is referring figuratively to the **name** of Jesus by association with the way that it is **good**. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
210 JAS 2 7 j107 figs-idiom τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “by which you are called” or “by which you are known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
211 JAS 2 7 j108 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
212 JAS 2 8 j109 grammar-connect-logic-contrast εἰ μέντοι 1 If, however James is using these words to introduce a contrast with what he said in [2:6](../02/06.md), “you have dishonored the poor,” meaning “you have treated rich people much better than you have treated poor people.” Alternate translation: “But if, instead of favoring rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
213 JAS 2 8 j110 τελεῖτε 1 you fulfill The verb **fulfill** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. It means to make something accomplish its purpose or reach its goal. Alternate translation: “you completely obey”
214 JAS 2 8 q9hh figs-metonymy νόμον…βασιλικὸν 1 the royal law There are two possible reasons for why James describes the **law** that he quotes here from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md) as **royal**. (1) When Jesus came proclaiming the kingdom of God, he said that this law was one of two that summed up all of the other laws and guided life in the kingdom of God. (The other law was to love God with all of one’s heart, soul, mind, and strength.) Alternate translation: “the law that guides life in the kingdom of God” (2) James may say that this **law** is **royal** because God, the true king, gave it to people. Alternate translation: “God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
217 JAS 2 8 gll2 figs-idiom τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor This is an idiom. It does not mean only someone who lives nearby. Alternate translation: “other people” or “anyone you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
218 JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well Alternate translation: “you are doing what God wants you to do”
219 JAS 2 9 xt6y figs-explicit προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 you favor Your language may require you to specify the object of **favor**. Alternate translation: “you favor the rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
220 JAS 2 9 cq5h figs-activepassive ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as transgressors If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
221 JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as transgressors James is speaking figuratively of the law as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “and you are guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
222 JAS 2 10 j112 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why showing favoritism makes a person guilty of breaking God’s law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
223 JAS 2 10 l29g figs-idiom ὅστις…τηρήσῃ 1 whoever might keep Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “whoever might obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
224 JAS 2 10 jb5u figs-metaphor πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί 1 but stumble in one thing James speaks figuratively of a person disobeying a commandment as if he would **stumble**, that is, trip and lose his balance while walking. Alternate translation: “but disobey one thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
225 JAS 2 10 m8ep figs-nominaladj πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί 1 but stumble in one thing James is using the adjective **one** as a noun to refer to one commandment of the law. (ULT adds the term **thing** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “but disobey one commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
226 JAS 2 10 j113 πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law”
227 JAS 2 10 j114 figs-explicit πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
228 JAS 2 11 j115 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why breaking one law makes a person guilty of breaking every law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
229 JAS 2 11 ez11 figs-explicit ὁ…εἰπών 1 the one who said James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
230 JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
231 JAS 2 12 c6y8 figs-you οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 Thus speak and thus act The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
232 JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
233 JAS 2 12 e87r figs-possession νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
234 JAS 2 12 j116 figs-abstractnouns νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
235 JAS 2 12 j117 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
236 JAS 2 12 j118 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom In this context, it appears that when James speaks of **the law of freedom**, he is referring to the commandment that he quoted in [2:8](../02/08.md), “You will love your neighbor as yourself.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly and explain how this law sets people free. Alternate translation: “the law to love one’s neighbor, which sets people free to obey God by giving them a principle to follow in all of their actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) In this context, it appears that when James speaks of **the law of freedom**, he is referring to the commandment that he quoted in [2:8](../02/08.md), “You will love your neighbor as yourself.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly and explain how this law sets people free. Alternate translation: “the law to love one’s neighbor, which sets people free to obey God by giving them a principle to follow in all of their actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
237 JAS 2 13 j119 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason why people should be guided in their actions by the principle of loving others, as he said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You should follow the principle of loving others because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
238 JAS 2 13 j120 figs-metonymy ἡ γὰρ κρίσις ἀνέλεος τῷ μὴ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος 1 judgment is merciless to those who have not done mercy James is using the word **judgment** figuratively to represent God, the one who judges. Alternate translation: “when God judges people, he will not be merciful to people who have not shown mercy to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
239 JAS 2 13 yv6l figs-personification ἡ γὰρ κρίσις ἀνέλεος τῷ μὴ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος 1 judgment is merciless to those who have not done mercy James is speaking figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a living thing that could act in a **merciless** way. Alternate translation: “When God judges people, he will not be merciful to people who have not shown mercy to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
256 JAS 2 16 j132 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 to them … them Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
257 JAS 2 16 j133 figs-metonymy θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτάζεσθε 1 warm yourself and be satisfied The person who would say this to people in need would be speaking figuratively of clothing by association with the way its keeps people warm and figuratively of food by association with the way it satisfies people. Alternate translation: “have adequate clothing and enough food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
258 JAS 2 16 lj89 θερμαίνεσθε 1 warm yourself Alternate translation: “stay warm”
259 JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-activepassive χορτάζεσθε 1 be satisfied If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
260 JAS 2 16 j134 figs-hypo δὲ 1 but James is continuing to describe the hypothetical situation that he is using to teach. Alternate translation: “but also suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
261 JAS 2 16 j135 writing-pronouns μὴ δῶτε 1 you do not give At the beginning of this verse, James speaks in the third-person singular of **one of you**. But he now speaks of believers generally in the second-person plural, saying **you**, to indicate how the community as a whole might respond to this situation. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the third-person singular here as well. Alternate translation: “he does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
262 JAS 2 16 j136 figs-nominaladj τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 1 the necessary things James is using the adjective **necessary** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the things that are necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
276 JAS 2 18 j145 figs-declarative κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 and I will show you my faith from works James is using a future statement to indicate something he is capable of doing. Alternate translation: “but I can show you my faith from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
277 JAS 2 18 j146 figs-abstractnouns κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 and I will show you my faith from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “but by doing what God wants me to do, I can show you that I truly believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
278 JAS 2 19 j147 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 You believe that God is one The verb translated **believe** comes from the same root as the word translated “faith.” It may be helpful to to your readers to show in your translation that James is continuing to speak to the same person as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You have faith that God is one”
279 JAS 2 19 j148 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 You believe that God is one As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, the people to whom James was writing were believers in Jesus who had a Jewish background. As a result, they would have known that he was referring here to the essential Jewish affirmation, “Listen, Israel, Yahweh our God is one.” Moses says this in [Deuteronomy 6:4](../deu/06/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You believe the essential teaching of Moses that there is one God” As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, the people to whom James was writing were believers in Jesus who had a Jewish background. As a result, they would have known that he was referring here to the essential Jewish affirmation, “Listen, Israel, Yahweh our God is one.” Moses says this in [Deuteronomy 6:4](../deu/06/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You believe the essential teaching of Moses that there is one God”
280 JAS 2 19 j149 figs-irony καλῶς ποιεῖς; καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 You do well. The demons also believe, and they tremble When James says **you do well**, he is saying the opposite of what he really means. He grants that believing in one God is a good thing in itself, but he is actually saying that by itself, it is the kind of faith without works that cannot save a person. He proves this by observing that the demons, who are not saved, also believe that there is one God, and this makes them tremble. Alternate translation: “You may think that is a good thing to do. But the demons also believe in one God, and they tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
281 JAS 2 19 fv39 figs-explicit καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 The demons also believe, and they tremble If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why the demons **tremble** at the thought of God. Alternate translation: “The demons also believe in one God, and they tremble, knowing that God is going to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the demons **tremble** at the thought of God. Alternate translation: “The demons also believe in one God, and they tremble, knowing that God is going to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282 JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν? 1 But do you wish to know, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I can show you, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
283 JAS 2 20 j150 figs-idiom θέλεις…γνῶναι 1 do you wish to know This is an idiom. It means “I can show you” by suggesting implicitly, “If you really want to know, I can show you.” Alternate translation as a statement: “I can show you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
284 JAS 2 20 j151 ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ 1 O foolish man James is addressing this hypothetical **man** in the vocative after an exclamation. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you foolish man”
290 JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
291 JAS 2 21 j156 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
292 JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
293 JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
294 JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham … Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
295 JAS 2 21 ph1s figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
296 JAS 2 21 j159 figs-exclusive ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
297 JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metaphor βλέπεις 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
298 JAS 2 22 vde4 figs-personification ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works James is speaking figuratively of **faith** and **works** as if they were living things that could work together and help each other. Alternate translation: “Abraham was strengthened to do these works by his faith, and doing these works made his faith even stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
299 JAS 2 22 j160 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Abraham did these things because he believed in God, and because he did these things, he believed in God even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
300 JAS 2 22 j161 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
301 JAS 2 22 j162 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works The verb **perfected** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. The verb refers similarly to something developing to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. Alternate translation: “what he did helped his faith become fully mature”
302 JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 the scripture was fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
303 JAS 2 23 l818 figs-explicit ἐπίστευσεν δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 And Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness This is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). James assumes that his readers will know that it refers to how Abraham responded to God’s promise that even though he and his wife were old and had no children, he would have as many descendants as the stars in the sky. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “Abraham believed God’s promise that he would have many descendants, and so God considered Abraham to be in a right relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
304 JAS 2 23 j163 figs-explicit φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη 1 he was called a friend of God James assumes that his readers will know that in [Isaiah 41:8](../isa/41/08.md), God refers to the Israelites as “the offspring of Abraham my friend” and that in [2 Chronicles 20:7](../2ch/20/07.md), in a prayer to God, King Jehoshaphat refers to the Israelites as “the descendants of Abraham your friend.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “he was called a friend of God in later scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
305 JAS 2 23 j164 figs-activepassive φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη 1 he was called a friend of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
306 JAS 2 24 j165 figs-metaphor ὁρᾶτε 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
307 JAS 2 24 j166 figs-you ὁρᾶτε 1 you see James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of the letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating the shift back to plural here. Alternate translation: “So all of you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
308 JAS 2 24 j167 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
309 JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται 1 is justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
310 JAS 2 24 j168 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
311 JAS 2 24 j169 figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
312 JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα? 1 And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
313 JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
314 JAS 2 25 hir8 figs-explicit ὁμοίως 1 similarly If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
315 JAS 2 25 j171 translate-names Ῥαὰβ 1 Rahab **Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
316 JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων 1 from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **works**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what she did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
317 JAS 2 25 pn2f figs-explicit ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the episode recorded in the book of Joshua in which Joshua sent two spies to explore the land of Canaan. Rahab provided safety and shelter for these spies in her home, and she then sent them away safely by a route that their pursuers would not have expected them to take. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “when she provided shelter and safety in her home for the spies whom Joshua sent to explore the land of Canaan and when she sent these spies safely away by a route that their pursuers would not have expected them to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
342 JAS 3 4 j182 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα 1 Behold also the ships The term **behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Also consider the case of ships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
343 JAS 3 4 yn42 translate-unknown πλοῖα…πηδαλίου 1 ships … rudder **Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
344 JAS 3 4 j183 τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and driven by strong winds”
345 JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
346 JAS 3 4 jrk1 figs-metonymy μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder James is figuratively using the action of turning a ship to mean guiding or controlling the ship in general. (For example, a person might turn a ship in order to keep it upright, not just to direct it to a certain place.) Alternate translation: “it is controlled by the smallest rudder” or “it is guided by the smallest rudder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
347 JAS 3 4 j184 figs-activepassive μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
348 JAS 3 4 j185 μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder Since James speaks of **ships** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural in this clause as well. Alternate translation: “they are turned by the smallest rudders” or “the smallest rudders turn them”
349 JAS 3 4 j186 ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 the smallest rudder James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you can translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
350 JAS 3 4 j187 figs-personification ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 where the inclination of the one steering desires James speaks of the **inclination** of the person steering a boat as if it were a living thing that desired to go in one direction or another. Alternate translation: “in whatever direction the one steering the boat wants it to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
355 JAS 3 5 j191 figs-personification μεγάλα αὐχεῖ 1 it boasts great things James is saying figuratively that the **tongue** is a living thing that **boasts**. Alternate translation: “with it people boast great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
356 JAS 3 5 qx1k figs-nominaladj μεγάλα αὐχεῖ 1 it boasts great things James is using the adjective **great** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with it people boast that they have done great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
357 JAS 3 5 ub5h figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
358 JAS 3 5 j192 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The implication is that James is offering his readers a further analogy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consider as a further example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implication is that James is offering his readers a further analogy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consider as a further example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
359 JAS 3 5 fr8x translate-unknown ἡλίκον πῦρ, ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει 1 how small a fire kindles so large a forest A **forest** is a place where there are many trees. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **forest** is, you could use a different illustration that would be familiar to them of an area that could be destroyed by fire, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “how a small fire can quickly spread and burn much grassland” or “how a small fire can quickly spread and burn everything in a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
360 JAS 3 6 wm5q figs-metonymy καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ 1 The tongue is also a fire James is using the **tongue** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the tongue is used for speech. Alternate translation: “What we say is also a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
361 JAS 3 6 j193 figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ 1 The tongue is also a fire James is using **fire** as an analogy for the destructive effects of what people say. Alternate translation: “What we say can also be very destructive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
362 JAS 3 6 i61e figs-idiom ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας 1 a world of unrighteousness This is an idiom. The sense is that all the **unrighteousness** in the **world** could be expressed in what someone said. Alternate translation: “a vast source of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
363 JAS 3 6 j194 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀδικίας 1 of unrighteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers to wrong things that people say. Alternate translation: “of sinful sayings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
364 JAS 3 6 j195 figs-activepassive καθίσταται ἐν 1 is placed among If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
365 JAS 3 6 j196 τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 our members Alternate translation: “the other parts of our body”
366 JAS 3 6 j197 figs-nominaladj ἡ σπιλοῦσα 1 the thing staining James is using the participle **staining**, which functions as an adjective, with the definite article as a noun. (ULT indicates this by adding **thing**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Some languages may be able to use the participle by itself. Alternate translation: “staining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
367 JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James speaks figuratively of the effects of speech as if a person’s tongue were **staining** his **body**. Alternate translation: “making the whole body impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
368 JAS 3 6 j198 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James is figuratively using the **body** to represent the entire person, since he is saying in this verse that bad speech has morally corrupting effects. Alternate translation: “making the whole person morally corrupt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
369 JAS 3 6 j199 figs-idiom φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire The **course of existence** is an idiom that could refer to: (1) a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” (2) succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
370 JAS 3 6 lf1j figs-metaphor φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire James is speaking figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **setting** a person’s life **on fire**. Alternate translation: “causing destruction throughout a person’s entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
371 JAS 3 6 a7qd figs-activepassive φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 it is set on fire by Gehenna If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “Gehenna sets it on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “Gehenna sets it on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
372 JAS 3 6 j200 figs-metaphor φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 it is set on fire by Gehenna James continues to speak figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **fire**. Alternate translation: “its destructive effects come from Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
373 JAS 3 6 j201 translate-names τῆς Γεέννης 1 Gehenna **Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
374 JAS 3 6 j202 figs-metaphor τῆς Γεέννης 1 Gehenna James is figuratively using the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. Alternate translation: “hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
378 JAS 3 7 j206 πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων 1 every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals If you retain the generalization in your translation, it might be more natural in your language to use the singular for the creatures on this list. Alternate translation: “every kind of beast, bird, reptile, and marine animal”
379 JAS 3 7 j207 figs-merism πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων 1 every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals James is figuratively using various categories of creatures to mean every creature. Alternate translation: “every kind of creature that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
380 JAS 3 7 zw5m figs-nominaladj ἐναλίων 1 marine animals James is using the adjective **marine** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **animals** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sea creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
381 JAS 3 7 ug59 figs-activepassive δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
382 JAS 3 7 j208 figs-doublet δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind James says both **is being tamed** and **has been tamed** for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine them. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is in the process of taming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
383 JAS 3 7 j209 τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 by the human kind Alternate translation: “by people”
384 JAS 3 8 j210 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς…ἀνθρώπων 1 none of men James is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
423 JAS 3 14 j234 figs-explicit μὴ κατακαυχᾶσθε καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 do not boast and lie against the truth Since James says in the previous verse that someone who is truly wise will be humble, he could be saying here that if someone claims to be wise but is jealous and ambitious, he is showing that he is actually not wise. Alternate translation: “then do not boast that you are wise, because that would not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
424 JAS 3 14 a191 figs-abstractnouns ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 lie against the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “tell lies that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
425 JAS 3 14 j235 figs-explicitinfo ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 lie against the truth In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could express the same meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “say things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
426 JAS 3 15 j236 figs-explicit αὕτη 1 This **This** refers to the “bitter jealousy and ambition” that James describes in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This bitter jealousy and ambition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) **This** refers to the “bitter jealousy and ambition” that James describes in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This bitter jealousy and ambition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
427 JAS 3 15 g44u figs-abstractnouns ἡ σοφία 1 the wisdom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
428 JAS 3 15 clz6 figs-metaphor ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη 1 that comes down from above James says **from above**, meaning “from heaven,” as a spatial metaphor that means “from God.” Alternate translation: “that comes from God” or “that God teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
429 JAS 3 15 h36b figs-metonymy ἐπίγειος 1 earthly The word **earthly** refers to the values and behavior of people who do not honor God. James uses the word by association with the way such people live on earth without regard for the values and behavior that are characteristic of heaven. Alternate translation: “not honoring to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
455 JAS 4 2 j246 figs-hendiadys φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε 1 You kill and envy James is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **kill** describes how his readers **envy** what others have. Alternate translation: “you envy hatefully” of “you envy murderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
456 JAS 4 2 j247 figs-metaphor μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war As in [4:1](../04/01.md), James is using the terms **battle** and **war** figuratively. Alternate translation: “You engage in disputes and conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
457 JAS 4 2 v9m8 figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war The words **battle** and **war** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “You have continual conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
458 JAS 4 2 j248 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε, διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς 1 You do not have because you do not ask If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “You do not get what you want because you do not ask God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “You do not get what you want because you do not ask God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
459 JAS 4 3 j249 grammar-connect-logic-contrast αἰτεῖτε καὶ οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 You ask and you do not receive James is using the word translated **and** to introduce a contrast between these two clauses. Alternate translation: “You ask but you do not receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
460 JAS 4 3 nk57 κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε 1 you ask badly James does not mean that his readers are asking for things in the wrong way. He means that they are asking for the wrong reason. Alternate translation: “you are asking for the wrong reason”
461 JAS 4 3 j250 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν δαπανήσητε 1 so that you may spend on your lusts James says figuratively that his readers would **spend** what they acquired on their lusts. Alternate translation: “so that you can gratify your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
468 JAS 4 4 jf1g figs-metaphor ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is enmity with God James probably does not consider that his readers have literally become sworn enemies of God. He is using the term **enmity** figuratively to describe how opposed the worldly value system is to the way God wants people to live. Alternate translation: “is contrary to what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
469 JAS 4 4 j253 figs-metonymy φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου 1 to be a friend of the world See how you translated the term **world** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “to be a friend of an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
470 JAS 4 4 j254 figs-personification φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου 1 to be a friend of the world James speaks figuratively again of the ungodly value system as if it were a person with whom someone could be friends. Alternate translation: “to live by an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
471 JAS 4 4 j255 figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 is made If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “makes himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “makes himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
472 JAS 4 4 j256 figs-metaphor ἐχθρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 an enemy of God See how you translated the similar expression earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “someone who lives in a way contrary to what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
473 JAS 4 5 i2y4 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Or do you think that the Scripture says vainly James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. (In this context, the term **vainly** means “for no good reason,” not “in a conceited way.”) Alternate translation: “There is a good reason why the Scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
474 JAS 4 5 j257 ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 the Scripture says James is describing the general teaching of the Bible, not referring to a specific passage. In cases like this, your language might use the plural instead of the singular. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
481 JAS 4 6 hyh2 writing-pronouns διὸ λέγει 1 Therefore it says The pronoun **it** refers to the Scripture, the antecedent from the previous verse. Even though James is now quoting a specific passage, [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md), rather than a general teaching, the reference is to the Bible as a whole. Alternate translation: “Therefore the Scripture says” or “Therefore the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
482 JAS 4 6 j262 figs-personification λέγει 1 it says James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
483 JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς 1 the proud … the humble James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
484 JAS 4 7 g7e5 figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
485 JAS 4 7 da5t grammar-connect-logic-result ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore James is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because God gives grace to the humble, be submitted” or “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
486 JAS 4 7 j263 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀντίστητε δὲ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ φεύξεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 But resist the devil, and he will flee from you James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “But resist the devil. If you do, then he will flee from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
487 JAS 4 7 nud3 ἀντίστητε…τῷ διαβόλῳ 1 resist the devil Alternate translation: “resolve not to do what the devil wants”
497 JAS 4 8 j269 δίψυχοι 1 double-minded James is addressing his readers in the vocative. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you double-minded people”
498 JAS 4 8 iw61 figs-metaphor δίψυχοι 1 double-minded See how you translated the same expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). James is speaking figuratively of his readers as if they had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “you people who cannot decide whether to obey God or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
499 JAS 4 9 kdn8 figs-doublet ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Be miserable and mourn and weep These three verbs have similar meanings. James is using them together to emphasize how sorry his readers should be. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
500 JAS 4 9 j270 figs-explicit ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Be miserable and mourn and weep If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what James is telling his readers to be sorry for. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry for not obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what James is telling his readers to be sorry for. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry for not obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
501 JAS 4 9 j271 figs-ellipsis ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom In the second part of this sentence, James leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and let your joy be changed into gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
502 JAS 4 9 j272 figs-activepassive ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say this with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter become mourning, and let your joy become gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could express this with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter become mourning, and let your joy become gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
503 JAS 4 9 j273 figs-abstractnouns ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **laughter**, **mourning**, **joy**, and **gloom**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Stop laughing and be sad. Stop being joyful and be gloomy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
504 JAS 4 9 rf6g figs-parallelism ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom These two clauses mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
505 JAS 4 9 j274 figs-explicit ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why James is telling his readers to show such sorrow. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow for your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why James is telling his readers to show such sorrow. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow for your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
506 JAS 4 10 j275 grammar-connect-logic-result ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον Κυρίου, καὶ ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 Be humbled before the Lord, and he will lift you up James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “If you are humbled before the Lord, then he will lift you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
507 JAS 4 10 j276 figs-activepassive ταπεινώθητε 1 Be humbled If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Humble yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Humble yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
508 JAS 4 10 an8i figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 before the Lord The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. While in one sense God is present everywhere, the believers to whom James is writing are not in the direct physical presence of God, so he likely means this expression in a figurative sense. He is referring to the attitude they should have towards God. Alternate translation: “in your attitude towards God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
509 JAS 4 10 tn5w figs-metaphor ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 he will lift you up James is speaking figuratively as if his readers would humbly kneel down or bow down in front of God to show their repentance and as if God would have them stand up to show that he accepted them. Alternate translation: “he will show that he accepts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
510 JAS 4 11 r3hc μὴ καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων 1 Do not speak against one another Alternate translation: “Do not say bad things about one another”
512 JAS 4 11 j277 figs-explicit καταλαλεῖ νόμου καὶ κρίνει νόμον 1 speaks against the law and judges the law By **the law**, James means the same thing that he calls the “royal law” in [2:8](../02/08.md) and the “law of freedom” in [1:25](../01/25.md) and [2:12](../02/12.md). That is, he means the commandment “you will love your neighbor as yourself.” James is teaching his readers that by saying or assuming that their fellow believers were doing wrong things, they were not following this commandment and they were treating the commandment as if it were not important to follow. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the term “neighbor” in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “contradicts the law that says to love other people as oneself and judges that law to be unimportant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
513 JAS 4 11 j278 figs-youcrowd εἰ…νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου 1 if you judge the law, you are not a doer of the law The word **you** is singular in these two cases because even though James is addressing a group of people, he is describing an individual situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
514 JAS 4 11 j279 figs-ellipsis οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 you are not a doer of the law, but a judge In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “you are not a doer of the law, but a judge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
515 JAS 4 11 jlx4 figs-explicit οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 you are not a doer of the law, but a judge If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. See how you translated the similar phrase at the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “instead of loving other people, you are saying that it is not important to love them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. See how you translated the similar phrase at the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “instead of loving other people, you are saying that it is not important to love them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
516 JAS 4 12 e9da εἷς ἐστιν νομοθέτης καὶ κριτής 1 The lawgiver and judge is one Alternate translation: “The lawgiver and judge are the same person”
517 JAS 4 12 j280 figs-distinguish ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι καὶ ἀπολέσαι 1 the one who is able to save and to destroy James uses this phrase, which identifies God by two of his attributes, to clarify whom he means by **the lawgiver and judge**. Alternate translation: “God, who is able to save and to destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
518 JAS 4 12 m49q figs-rquestion σὺ δὲ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων τὸν πλησίον? 1 But who are you, the one judging a neighbor? James is using the question form to challenge and teach his readers. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But you have no right to judge a neighbor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
545 JAS 5 2 j297 figs-explicit ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν 1 Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” in the next verse (see the note to that statement), James may be saying figuratively that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
546 JAS 5 2 j298 figs-simile ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν 1 Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
547 JAS 5 3 am1u figs-pastforfuture ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished James is using the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the future. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver are going to be tarnished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
548 JAS 5 3 wj9v figs-activepassive ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
549 JAS 5 3 j299 figs-explicit ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” (see the first note to that statement below), James may be saying figuratively that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
550 JAS 5 3 q4pm figs-simile ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
551 JAS 5 3 j300 καὶ ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 and their rust will be for a testimony against you If you created a verse bridge and you also combined the statement “your gold and silver have been tarnished” with the two clauses in [5:2](../05/02.md), it would be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to use a general expression that would apply to everything that these rich people own. Alternate translation: “The ruins of your possessions will be for a testimony against you” or “The ruins of your possessions will testify against you”
552 JAS 5 3 e55t figs-metaphor ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 their rust will be for a testimony against you James is speaking figuratively of this **rust** as if it would be presented as evidence in a case against the rich people. Alternate translation: “the rust on your gold and silver will show that you did the wrong thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553 JAS 5 3 j301 figs-explicit ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 their rust will be for a testimony against you If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what wrong thing these rich people have done, as evidenced by this **rust**. Alternate translation: “the rust of your gold and silver will show that you have done the wrong thing by devoting yourselves to accumulating wealth rather than to helping other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what wrong thing these rich people have done, as evidenced by this **rust**. Alternate translation: “the rust of your gold and silver will show that you have done the wrong thing by devoting yourselves to accumulating wealth rather than to helping other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
554 JAS 5 3 w3aj figs-metonymy φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ 1 it will eat your flesh James is using the word **flesh** to mean the human body, by association with the way the body is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “it will eat your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
555 JAS 5 3 j6fe figs-metaphor φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ 1 it will eat your flesh James is saying figuratively that this rust will corrode and consume the owners of the gold and silver that it is also corroding. Alternate translation: “it will consume you” or “it will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
556 JAS 5 3 i37x figs-simile ὡς πῦρ 1 like fire It may be helpful to express the meaning of this simile more fully. Alternate translation: “just as fire consumes everything that it burns” or “just as fire ruins everything that it burns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
557 JAS 5 3 j302 figs-explicit ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4-6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4-6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
558 JAS 5 3 j303 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If the first interpretation of this statement in the note just above is correct, then James is giving the reason for the results that he describes in the previous verse and in the earlier part of this verse. If you created a verse bridge as described in the first note to [5:2](../05/02.md), you could put this reason before the result by placing this statement first in that bridge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
559 JAS 5 3 np1u figs-idiom ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 the last days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
560 JAS 5 4 j304 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν 1 Behold, the pay of the workers The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. It may be helpful to express its meaning as a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “Consider this! The pay of the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
561 JAS 5 4 j305 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει 1 the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out If your language does not use this passive form, you could say it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
562 JAS 5 4 e9iy figs-personification κράζει 1 is crying out James is speaking figuratively of this **pay** as if it were a living thing that could cry out. Alternate translation: “is obvious evidence that you have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
563 JAS 5 4 n21a figs-metonymy αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων, εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ εἰσελήλυθαν 1 the cries of the harvesting ones have entered into the ears of the Lord of Sabaoth James is speaking figuratively of the **ears** of the Lord to mean his hearing. Alternate translation: “the Lord of Sabaoth has heard the cries of the harvesting ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
564 JAS 5 4 j306 figs-explicit Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ 1 the Lord of Sabaoth James assumes that his readers will know that he is speaking of God by a name by which he is often known in the Old Testament. The Hebrew term **Sabaoth** means “military forces.” Alternate translation: “God, the Lord of the Heavenly Armies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
572 JAS 5 6 j311 figs-nominaladj τὸν δίκαιον 1 the righteous James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous person” or “the innocent person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
573 JAS 5 6 lq6p figs-genericnoun τὸν δίκαιον 1 the righteous The expression **the righteous** refers to righteous people in general, not to one specific person. Alternate translation: “righteous people” or “innocent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
574 JAS 5 6 z7w1 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 He does not resist you This could mean: (1) the innocent people are not able to resist what the rich people are doing. Alternate translation: “He is not able to resist you” (2) the innocent people wanted a peaceful resolution and were not fighting back. Alternate translation: “You have done this even though the innocent person wanted a peaceful resolution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
575 JAS 5 6 j312 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 He does not resist you In light of everything that James says in [5:1-6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) In light of everything that James says in [5:1-6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
576 JAS 5 7 a4sv grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore James uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said about rich people. He is referring specifically to what he said about God’s judgment being imminent. Alternate translation: “Because you know that God will soon judge the people who are oppressing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
577 JAS 5 7 j313 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
578 JAS 5 7 wgk4 ἕως τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου 1 until the coming of the Lord James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “until Jesus returns” or “until the Lord Jesus returns”
581 JAS 5 7 j315 τὸν τίμιον καρπὸν τῆς γῆς 1 the valuable fruit of the earth James uses the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “the valuable crops that grow from the earth”
582 JAS 5 7 j316 writing-pronouns μακροθυμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἕως λάβῃ 1 waiting patiently for it until it receives If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **it** refers to in each of these cases. Alternate translation: “waiting patiently for this fruit until the earth receives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
583 JAS 5 7 j317 figs-nominaladj πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον 1 the early and the late James is using the adjectives **early** and **late** as nouns to refer to types of rain. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the rain that comes early in the growing season and the rain that comes late in the growing season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
584 JAS 5 7 j318 figs-explicit πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον 1 the early and the late If it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not be familiar with rainfed agriculture, you could say why these farmers needed to wait for rain to fall on their crops. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not be familiar with rainfed agriculture, you could state why these farmers needed to wait for rain to fall on their crops. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
585 JAS 5 8 j319 μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You also wait patiently Here James makes clear that what he said about farmers in the previous verse was an analogy for his readers. Alternate translation: “You should also wait patiently, just as a farmer does”
586 JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metaphor στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 Strengthen your hearts James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the will. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
587 JAS 5 8 jw3b ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν 1 the coming of the Lord has come near James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. (By **near** he means near in time. This is not a spatial metaphor.) Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon” or “the Lord Jesus will return soon”
588 JAS 5 9 k74r figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
589 JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may be not judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
590 JAS 5 9 ita4 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς 1 Behold, the judge The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Be aware that the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
591 JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν 1 the judge is standing at the door James is figuratively comparing Jesus to a judge who is just about to walk into a courtroom. Alternate translation: “Jesus will soon return and judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
592 JAS 5 10 j320 ὑπόδειγμα λάβετε, ἀδελφοί, τῆς κακοπαθίας 1 Take an example, brothers, of the suffering Alternate translation: “Take as your example, brothers, the suffering”
603 JAS 5 12 j324 figs-ellipsis ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your “Yes” be “Yes” and “No,” “No” In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “let your ‘Yes’ be ‘Yes’ and let your ‘No’ be ‘No’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
604 JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your “Yes” be “Yes” and “No,” “No” Alternate translation: “simply give your word, without making an oath”
605 JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment James is speaking figuratively of **judgment** as something that a person might **fall under**. Alternate translation: “so that you will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
606 JAS 5 12 j325 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “so that God will not have to judge and punish you for breaking your oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “so that God will not have to judge and punish you for breaking your oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
607 JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to state a condition, and he describes the result in a short sentence right after the question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you is suffering hardship, then he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
608 JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James is again using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is cheerful, then he should sing praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
609 JAS 5 14 in34 figs-rquestion ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν 1 Is anyone among you sick? Let him summon the elders of the church, and let them pray Once again James is using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you sick, then he should summon the elders of the church and they should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
616 JAS 5 15 j330 figs-nominaladj ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
617 JAS 5 15 c8q6 figs-personification ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is speaking figuratively of this **prayer** as if it would heal the sick person itself. Alternate translation: “in answer to this prayer that is offered in faith, God will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
618 JAS 5 15 ei3q figs-metonymy ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord will raise him up James is speaking figuratively of the sick person’s restoration to health by association with the way that the person will get **up** out of bed when he recovers. Alternate translation: “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his regular activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
619 JAS 5 15 j331 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
620 JAS 5 16 dl5k grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore James uses **Therefore** to introduce something that believers should do as a result of what he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain in more detail what he means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
621 JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆτε 1 you may be healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
622 JAS 5 16 j332 πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong The term **working** has the sense of an adverb rather than an adjective. Alternate translation: “The prayer of the righteous is very strong as it is working” or “The prayer of the righteous is very strong in its effects”
623 JAS 5 16 j333 figs-nominaladj πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “The working prayer of a person who is righteous is very strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
624 JAS 5 16 zk62 figs-personification πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong James is speaking figuratively of **prayer** as if it were a living thing that was **very strong** by itself. Alternate translation: “When a person who is righteous prays, God does very powerful things in response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
625 JAS 5 17 j334 figs-explicit Ἠλείας 1 Elijah James assumes that his readers will know from the Scriptures about this episode in Elijah’s life. If your readers might not be familiar with it, you could describe it in more detail. Alternate translation: “You know from the Scriptures how a prophet named Elijah who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
626 JAS 5 17 j335 figs-explicit ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν 1 of similar passions to us This expression means that Elijah had the same feelings as any other human being. In context, James is indicating specifically that he too had the kind of feelings that make it difficult for people to pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had the same doubts and fears that we all do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This expression means that Elijah had the same feelings as any other human being. In context, James is indicating specifically that he too had the kind of feelings that make it difficult for people to pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had the same doubts and fears that we all do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
627 JAS 5 17 vhw2 figs-explicitinfo προσευχῇ προσηύξατο 1 he prayed with prayer To indicate that Elijah prayed intensely, James is using an indirect object with a verb that comes from the same root. If your language uses a similar construction, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he prayed intensely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
628 JAS 5 18 j336 writing-pronouns πάλιν προσηύξατο 1 he prayed again The pronoun **he** refers to Elijah. Alternate translation: “Elijah prayed again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
629 JAS 5 18 zwc9 figs-personification ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν 1 the heaven gave rain In this context, **the heaven** means “the sky.” James is speaking figuratively of the sky as if it were a living thing that **gave rain**. Alternate translation: “rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
630 JAS 5 18 yi7m figs-personification ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς 1 the earth produced its fruit James is speaking figuratively of the **earth** as if it were a living thing that **produced fruit**. As in [5:7](../05/07.md), James is using the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “crops grew from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
631 JAS 5 19 xr4l figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
632 JAS 5 19 dv4v figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth As in [1:16](../01/16.md), James is speaking figuratively as if a deceptive guide may have led one of his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “if anyone among you may have been deceived regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
633 JAS 5 19 j337 figs-activepassive ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
634 JAS 5 19 j338 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
635 JAS 5 19 j339 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν 1 someone turns him back James is continuing the metaphor of someone guiding a person in the right direction. Alternate translation: “someone corrects him” or “someone shows him what is actually true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
636 JAS 5 20 j340 writing-pronouns γινωσκέτω 1 let him know The pronoun **him** refers to the person who corrects another believer who has been deceived. Alternate translation: “the person who corrects the deceived believer should know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

162
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
View File

@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 4 f42f διὰ τούτων 1 The word **through** here indicates the means by which you might be sharers of the divine nature. Alternate translation: “by means of them”
2PE 1 4 umh8 writing-pronouns διὰ τούτων 1 Here the pronoun **them** refers back to the precious and great promises of the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “through these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 4 yk7g figs-abstractnouns θείας…φύσεως 1 The abstract noun **nature** refers to the inherent features of something or what it is like. Alternate translation: “of what God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 4 p2yj figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 4 p2yj figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 4 xxuj figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** could mean: (1) the place where we all live, where we are surrounded by sinful people and temptations to sin. Alternate translation: “that is all around us” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “of the world’s ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 1 4 wnec ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the world became corrupt. It does not indicate the means by which Peter’s addressees escaped corruption. Alternate translation: “by means of lust”
2PE 1 4 kjnh figs-abstractnouns φθορᾶς 1 corruption If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **corruption**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “things that corrupt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 5 exd9 figs-explicit καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ 1 The phrase **with respect to this very thing** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 5 exd9 figs-explicit καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ 1 The phrase **with respect to this very thing** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 5 ceir σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες 1 The phrase **applying all diligence** indicates the means by which one is to do the action of supplying that follows. Alternate translation: “by means of applying all diligence”
2PE 1 5 xp0n figs-idiom σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες 1 Here, **applying all diligence** is an idiom that means doing one’s best or making the best effort. Alternate translation: “making every effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 1 5 j0tr figs-abstractnouns ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ πίστει ὑμῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in Jesus, add” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 9 gopx figs-metaphor τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 Peter is speaking figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 10 ob38 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the two reasons for obedience given in [1:8–9](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 1 10 xfdb figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** figuratively as a way to directly address his fellow believers in Jesus. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 10 ot7y figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could say “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2PE 1 10 ot7y figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 to make your calling and election sure The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and both refer to God choosing believers to belong to him. Peter uses them together to emphasize this idea. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could use just one word and provide the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2PE 1 10 pm78 writing-pronouns ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 10 xx39 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 Peter is describing a conditional situation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if you do these things, then you will certainly not ever stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 you will not ever stumble Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) abandoning faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not abandon faith in Christ” (2) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not practice sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 11 xvh1 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his readers should want to obey the commands given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 1 11 sl6c figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 11 k1e4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 12 du69 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 1 12 xxjq writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 12 l2kh figs-metaphor ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the present truth Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 12 jys8 ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
2PE 1 12 pqq2 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **present** is used figuratively as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -128,10 +128,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 17 cxh2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2PE 1 17 ppum writing-pronouns μου…μου…ἐγὼ 1 The pronouns **my** and **myself** refer to God the Father, who is the one speaking in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven With the words **we ourselves**, Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who also heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “we, James, John, and I, heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2PE 1 18 chy4 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 18 chy4 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 when we were with him This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
2PE 1 18 ricv writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 18 daqi figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 18 ricv writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 18 daqi figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 19 h498 ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we have Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 20 s4k2 figs-infostructure πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2PE 1 20 p5xo figs-abstractnouns ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could use a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 21 isqj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 21 yxdx figs-abstractnouns οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -159,14 +159,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 1 x2bn figs-abstractnouns αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” or “heresies that destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 1 jif2 figs-possession αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 1 wnuv αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 1 xaan grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 1 xk1x ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
2PE 2 1 flv3 figs-abstractnouns ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 2 eevb figs-explicit πολλοὶ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 2 xzw1 figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσουσιν 1 Here Peter uses the word **follow** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 2 dg82 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 2 dg82 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 2 z53e ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
2PE 2 2 fz5m writing-pronouns δι’ οὓς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers. It does not refer to the licentious acts in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “through these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 2 cqjb figs-metaphor ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here figuratively to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 4 jjzw figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 4 c2ak grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
2PE 2 5 t2w9 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 5 t2w9 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 5 iw5v figs-idiom ὄγδοον, Νῶε 1 Here, **eighth** is an idiom used to refer to a group of eight people. It means that Noah was one of only eight people in the ancient world whom God did not destroy. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the literal meaning of the idiom. Alternate translation: “eight people, including Noah” or “with seven others, Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 5 xrsw translate-names Νῶε 1 **Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2PE 2 5 llfu figs-distinguish Νῶε, δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 This phrase gives us more information about Noah. It tells us that Noah proclaimed **righteousness** to the ungodly people of the ancient world. It does not distinguish this Noah from any other person named Noah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -213,23 +213,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 6 ap1j figs-infostructure καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
2PE 2 6 xi0n translate-names Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας 1 **Sodom and Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2PE 2 6 xfyx writing-pronouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 6 xfyx writing-pronouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 6 w1b9 figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could translate the idea behind it with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 6 hgt7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 6 eocy figs-genericnoun ἀσεβέσιν 1 Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
2PE 2 7 fm1p grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 7 zif8 writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 7 zif8 writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 7 xjq6 translate-names Λὼτ 1 Connecting Statement: **Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2PE 2 7 uknf figs-distinguish καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Connecting Statement: This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
2PE 2 7 mort figs-activepassive καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 7 mort figs-activepassive καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 7 x8vy grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 7 wrba figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 7 wq2r ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior”
2PE 2 7 xnys figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 7 k79d figs-explicit τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 7 k79d figs-explicit τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 8 dvle writing-background γὰρ 1 Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2PE 2 8 sn4w figs-abstractnouns βλέμματι γὰρ καὶ ἀκοῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **seeing** and **hearing** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for by what he saw and what he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 8 b1ba figs-explicit ὁ δίκαιος 1 that righteous man This refers to Lot. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “righteous Lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 8 b1ba figs-explicit ὁ δίκαιος 1 that righteous man This refers to Lot. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “righteous Lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 8 xdlw ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 This clause indicates the time when Lot dwelled in Sodom. Alternate translation: “when he lived among them”
2PE 2 8 xa7g writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the inhabitants of Sodom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **them** refers to. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 8 ujf1 figs-idiom ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας 1 This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 9 xk2a grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2PE 2 9 bcf3 figs-ellipsis πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 2 9 xdos grammar-connect-logic-goal κολαζομένους 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 2 9 qwcm figs-activepassive ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 9 qwcm figs-activepassive ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 9 ms6u εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
2PE 2 9 xnf3 figs-possession ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 10 skh8 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 10 n89f τολμηταὶ 1 **Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](../02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers.
2PE 2 10 nkjm figs-exclamations τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις 1 The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed **Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want”
2PE 2 10 x82c writing-pronouns οὐ τρέμουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 10 x82c writing-pronouns οὐ τρέμουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 10 f4gi δόξας…βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones”
2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people”
2PE 2 11 u2jk figs-distinguish ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -267,12 +267,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 12 erfh figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
2PE 2 12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 12 h4v8 καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
2PE 2 12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
2PE 2 12 ig4v figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 13 p7g7 figs-metaphor ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 13 p7g7 figs-metaphor ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 13 x4gd figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 13 xjr6 figs-abstractnouns ἡδονὴν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **pleasure**, you can translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 13 e62s figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 their reveling during the day Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you can translate it with with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -283,89 +283,89 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 13 x3uj figs-abstractnouns ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 14 v7t4 figs-metonymy ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 having eyes full of adultery Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 14 xo71 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **covetousness**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 15 xkt6 figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 15 xi4q figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses the word **followed** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 v9lx translate-names Βαλαὰμ…Βοσὸρ 1 the right way **Balaam** and **Bosor** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2PE 2 15 alxl figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** figuratively to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 v3wn writing-pronouns ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 15 v3wn writing-pronouns ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 15 befr figs-possession ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **wages** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “who loved the unrighteous wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 15 x5gg figs-abstractnouns μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with the adjective “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “the unrighteous wages” or “the wages for unrighteous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν…ἔσχεν 1 he had a rebuke If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **rebuke**, you can express it as a verb and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν…ἔσχεν 1 he had a rebuke If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **rebuke**, you can express it as a verb and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 16 gsm7 figs-explicit ἔλεγξιν…ἔσχεν 1 he had a rebuke If your readers would misunderstand who did this, you could specify who rebuked Balaam. This clause could mean: (1) the donkey rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: “a donkey rebuked him” (2) God rebuked Balaam through the donkey. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 16 x7zu figs-explicit ἰδίας παρανομίας 1 This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 16 x7zu figs-explicit ἰδίας παρανομίας 1 This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **irrationality**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 17 v90z ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
2PE 2 17 xrpf figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 xrpf figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 18 xgoc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
2PE 2 18 x2by figs-possession ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 18 n2pr figs-abstractnouns ματαιότητος 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **vanity**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 18 f8tg writing-pronouns δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 They entice people by the lusts of the flesh Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 18 f8tg writing-pronouns δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 They entice people by the lusts of the flesh Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 18 t543 figs-metaphor ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 18 bibq ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 xqla ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 je1k writing-pronouns ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 19 je1k writing-pronouns ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 19 n0bh figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς; 1 Peter uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize the irony of spiritually enslaved people promising spiritual freedom to others. Alternate translation: “while they themselves are slaves of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor δοῦλοι 1 Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor δοῦλοι 1 Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 xyua figs-possession δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that are characterized by **destruction**. Alternate translation: “slaves that will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this non-figuratively or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 xqmy figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive sentence, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 19 xqmy figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive sentence, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 20 v3xc γὰρ 1 Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 20 efnj figs-metaphor εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 20 efnj figs-metaphor εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 20 xpo9 figs-abstractnouns τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **defilements**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 20 zxcf figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 20 d42g figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2PE 2 21 x7gd grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 21 e3dv writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 21 e3dv writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 21 xg05 figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-idiom τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 21 lib0 ἐπιγνοῦσιν 1 This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
2PE 2 21 lib0 ἐπιγνοῦσιν 1 This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
2PE 2 21 xwid figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 22 hqr3 writing-pronouns συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 22 pc36 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 22 pc36 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
2PE 2 22 xgjp translate-unknown κύων 1 A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **dog** was an insult. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2PE 2 22 xycp translate-unknown ὗς 1 A **pig** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **pig** was an insult. If pigs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 1 n92f figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 1 n92f figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **remembrance**, you could express the idea behind it in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 2 ijnq figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 2 ijnq figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 2 jnq2 figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **command**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 2 jx0u figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@ -382,8 +382,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 4 hgdm figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his coming? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2PE 3 4 lw3y figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used idiomatically to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-metonymy ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where is the promise of his coming? Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 4 wm6z writing-pronouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 4 u54w figs-explicit τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 4 wm6z writing-pronouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 4 u54w figs-explicit τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 4 xfkr figs-metaphor ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 Here, **the fathers** is used figuratively. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -392,14 +392,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 5 xgsy figs-ellipsis θέλοντας ὅτι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “that the heavens existed long ago by the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 had been formed from water and through water This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
2PE 3 5 o7sz figs-metonymy τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 6 jh4r writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 5 o7sz figs-metonymy τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 6 jh4r writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 6 hvc3 ὁ τότε κόσμος 1 Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 7 e673 figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 7 e673 figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 7 ghco grammar-connect-logic-goal πυρὶ 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 3 7 nl8w figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -410,27 +410,27 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
2PE 3 8 o1wc figs-doublet μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2PE 3 9 zv9m figs-metonymy οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 9 dzq8 figs-explicit ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 9 a18l figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 3 9 dzq8 figs-explicit ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 9 a18l figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 3 9 szyk grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι 1 This clause indicates the reason why God is delaying the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he does not want any to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 9 l9ay figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 3 9 jwjo figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **repentance**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but all to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 10 w6ma grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
2PE 3 10 lz8t στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
2PE 3 10 lz8t στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 10 qnu5 figs-explicit γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 10 qnu5 figs-explicit γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 10 z9f6 γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
2PE 3 11 buq4 grammar-connect-logic-result τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 11 tpfg writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 11 tpfg writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2PE 3 11 qoui figs-ellipsis ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 3 12 bqnn προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας 1 Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
2PE 3 12 b73o writing-pronouns δι’ ἣν 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 12 b73o writing-pronouns δι’ ἣν 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 12 ko6c πυρούμενοι 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being set on fire”
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα…τήκεται 1 the elements Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
@ -441,31 +441,31 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2PE 3 14 byr8 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 14 rtyg ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 Here, **in peace** could refer to: (1) having peace with God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “at peace with God” (2) feeling peace in one’s heart. Alternate translation: “with peace in your heart”
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord as salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord as salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 15 pd30 figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 15 vbso figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 15 vo82 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος 1 Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 16 wrqu figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 17 kn3d grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter uses **therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 17 bq8o grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **steadfastness**, you could express the idea behind it with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
2PE 3 17 um49 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 um49 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 17 px85 τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
41 2PE 1 4 f42f διὰ τούτων 1 The word **through** here indicates the means by which you might be sharers of the divine nature. Alternate translation: “by means of them”
42 2PE 1 4 umh8 writing-pronouns διὰ τούτων 1 Here the pronoun **them** refers back to the precious and great promises of the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “through these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
43 2PE 1 4 yk7g figs-abstractnouns θείας…φύσεως 1 The abstract noun **nature** refers to the inherent features of something or what it is like. Alternate translation: “of what God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
44 2PE 1 4 p2yj figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter speaks figuratively of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45 2PE 1 4 xxuj figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** could mean: (1) the place where we all live, where we are surrounded by sinful people and temptations to sin. Alternate translation: “that is all around us” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “of the world’s ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
46 2PE 1 4 wnec ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the world became corrupt. It does not indicate the means by which Peter’s addressees escaped corruption. Alternate translation: “by means of lust”
47 2PE 1 4 kjnh figs-abstractnouns φθορᾶς 1 corruption If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **corruption**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “things that corrupt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
48 2PE 1 5 exd9 figs-explicit καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ 1 The phrase **with respect to this very thing** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The phrase **with respect to this very thing** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
49 2PE 1 5 ceir σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες 1 The phrase **applying all diligence** indicates the means by which one is to do the action of supplying that follows. Alternate translation: “by means of applying all diligence”
50 2PE 1 5 xp0n figs-idiom σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες 1 Here, **applying all diligence** is an idiom that means doing one’s best or making the best effort. Alternate translation: “making every effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
51 2PE 1 5 j0tr figs-abstractnouns ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ πίστει ὑμῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in Jesus, add” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
81 2PE 1 9 gopx figs-metaphor τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 Peter is speaking figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
82 2PE 1 10 ob38 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the two reasons for obedience given in [1:8–9](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
83 2PE 1 10 xfdb figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** figuratively as a way to directly address his fellow believers in Jesus. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84 2PE 1 10 ot7y figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could say “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
85 2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 to make your calling and election sure The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and both refer to God choosing believers to belong to him. Peter uses them together to emphasize this idea. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could use just one word and provide the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
86 2PE 1 10 pm78 writing-pronouns ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
87 2PE 1 10 xx39 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 Peter is describing a conditional situation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if you do these things, then you will certainly not ever stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
89 2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 you will not ever stumble Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) abandoning faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not abandon faith in Christ” (2) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not practice sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
90 2PE 1 11 xvh1 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his readers should want to obey the commands given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
91 2PE 1 11 sl6c figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92 2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93 2PE 1 11 k1e4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
94 2PE 1 12 du69 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
95 2PE 1 12 xxjq writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
96 2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
97 2PE 1 12 l2kh figs-metaphor ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the present truth Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
98 2PE 1 12 jys8 ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
99 2PE 1 12 pqq2 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **present** is used figuratively as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
128 2PE 1 17 cxh2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
129 2PE 1 17 ppum writing-pronouns μου…μου…ἐγὼ 1 The pronouns **my** and **myself** refer to God the Father, who is the one speaking in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
130 2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven With the words **we ourselves**, Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who also heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “we, James, John, and I, heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
131 2PE 1 18 chy4 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
132 2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 when we were with him This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
133 2PE 1 18 ricv writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
134 2PE 1 18 daqi figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
135 2PE 1 19 h498 ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
136 2PE 1 19 z3na figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we have Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
137 2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
147 2PE 1 20 s4k2 figs-infostructure πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
148 2PE 1 20 p5xo figs-abstractnouns ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could use a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
149 2PE 1 21 isqj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
150 2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
151 2PE 1 21 yxdx figs-abstractnouns οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
152 2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
153 2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
159 2PE 2 1 x2bn figs-abstractnouns αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” or “heresies that destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
160 2PE 2 1 jif2 figs-possession αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
161 2PE 2 1 wnuv αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
162 2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
163 2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
164 2PE 2 1 xaan grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
165 2PE 2 1 xk1x ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
166 2PE 2 1 flv3 figs-abstractnouns ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
167 2PE 2 2 eevb figs-explicit πολλοὶ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
168 2PE 2 2 xzw1 figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσουσιν 1 Here Peter uses the word **follow** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
169 2PE 2 2 dg82 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
170 2PE 2 2 z53e ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
171 2PE 2 2 fz5m writing-pronouns δι’ οὓς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers. It does not refer to the licentious acts in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “through these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
172 2PE 2 2 cqjb figs-metaphor ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here figuratively to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
196 2PE 2 4 jjzw figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
197 2PE 2 4 c2ak grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
198 2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
199 2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
200 2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
201 2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
202 2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
203 2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
204 2PE 2 5 t2w9 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
205 2PE 2 5 iw5v figs-idiom ὄγδοον, Νῶε 1 Here, **eighth** is an idiom used to refer to a group of eight people. It means that Noah was one of only eight people in the ancient world whom God did not destroy. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the literal meaning of the idiom. Alternate translation: “eight people, including Noah” or “with seven others, Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
206 2PE 2 5 xrsw translate-names Νῶε 1 **Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
207 2PE 2 5 llfu figs-distinguish Νῶε, δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 This phrase gives us more information about Noah. It tells us that Noah proclaimed **righteousness** to the ungodly people of the ancient world. It does not distinguish this Noah from any other person named Noah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
213 2PE 2 6 ap1j figs-infostructure καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
214 2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
215 2PE 2 6 xi0n translate-names Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας 1 **Sodom and Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
216 2PE 2 6 xfyx writing-pronouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
217 2PE 2 6 w1b9 figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could translate the idea behind it with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
218 2PE 2 6 hgt7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
219 2PE 2 6 eocy figs-genericnoun ἀσεβέσιν 1 Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
220 2PE 2 7 fm1p grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
221 2PE 2 7 zif8 writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
222 2PE 2 7 xjq6 translate-names Λὼτ 1 Connecting Statement: **Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
223 2PE 2 7 uknf figs-distinguish καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Connecting Statement: This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
224 2PE 2 7 mort figs-activepassive καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
225 2PE 2 7 x8vy grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
226 2PE 2 7 wrba figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
227 2PE 2 7 wq2r ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior”
228 2PE 2 7 xnys figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
229 2PE 2 7 k79d figs-explicit τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
230 2PE 2 8 dvle writing-background γὰρ 1 Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
231 2PE 2 8 sn4w figs-abstractnouns βλέμματι γὰρ καὶ ἀκοῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **seeing** and **hearing** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for by what he saw and what he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
232 2PE 2 8 b1ba figs-explicit ὁ δίκαιος 1 that righteous man This refers to Lot. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “righteous Lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This refers to Lot. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “righteous Lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
233 2PE 2 8 xdlw ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 This clause indicates the time when Lot dwelled in Sodom. Alternate translation: “when he lived among them”
234 2PE 2 8 xa7g writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the inhabitants of Sodom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **them** refers to. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
235 2PE 2 8 ujf1 figs-idiom ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας 1 This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
239 2PE 2 9 xk2a grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
240 2PE 2 9 bcf3 figs-ellipsis πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
241 2PE 2 9 xdos grammar-connect-logic-goal κολαζομένους 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
242 2PE 2 9 qwcm figs-activepassive ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
243 2PE 2 9 ms6u εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
244 2PE 2 9 xnf3 figs-possession ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
245 2PE 2 10 skh8 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
252 2PE 2 10 n89f τολμηταὶ 1 **Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](../02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers.
253 2PE 2 10 nkjm figs-exclamations τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις 1 The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
254 2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed **Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want”
255 2PE 2 10 x82c writing-pronouns οὐ τρέμουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
256 2PE 2 10 f4gi δόξας…βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones”
257 2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people”
258 2PE 2 11 u2jk figs-distinguish ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
267 2PE 2 12 erfh figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
268 2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
269 2PE 2 12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
270 2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
271 2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
272 2PE 2 12 h4v8 καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
273 2PE 2 12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
274 2PE 2 12 ig4v figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
275 2PE 2 13 p7g7 figs-metaphor ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
276 2PE 2 13 x4gd figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
277 2PE 2 13 xjr6 figs-abstractnouns ἡδονὴν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **pleasure**, you can translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
278 2PE 2 13 e62s figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 their reveling during the day Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you can translate it with with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283 2PE 2 13 x3uj figs-abstractnouns ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
284 2PE 2 14 v7t4 figs-metonymy ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 having eyes full of adultery Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
285 2PE 2 14 xo71 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
286 2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
287 2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
288 2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
289 2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
290 2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
291 2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **covetousness**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
292 2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
293 2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
294 2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
295 2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
296 2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
297 2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
298 2PE 2 15 xkt6 figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
299 2PE 2 15 xi4q figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses the word **followed** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
300 2PE 2 15 v9lx translate-names Βαλαὰμ…Βοσὸρ 1 the right way **Balaam** and **Bosor** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
301 2PE 2 15 alxl figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** figuratively to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
302 2PE 2 15 v3wn writing-pronouns ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
303 2PE 2 15 befr figs-possession ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **wages** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “who loved the unrighteous wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
304 2PE 2 15 x5gg figs-abstractnouns μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with the adjective “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “the unrighteous wages” or “the wages for unrighteous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
305 2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν…ἔσχεν 1 he had a rebuke If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **rebuke**, you can express it as a verb and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **rebuke**, you can express it as a verb and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
306 2PE 2 16 gsm7 figs-explicit ἔλεγξιν…ἔσχεν 1 he had a rebuke If your readers would misunderstand who did this, you could specify who rebuked Balaam. This clause could mean: (1) the donkey rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: “a donkey rebuked him” (2) God rebuked Balaam through the donkey. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
307 2PE 2 16 x7zu figs-explicit ἰδίας παρανομίας 1 This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
308 2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **irrationality**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
309 2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
310 2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
311 2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312 2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
313 2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
314 2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
315 2PE 2 17 v90z ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
316 2PE 2 17 xrpf figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
317 2PE 2 18 xgoc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
318 2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
319 2PE 2 18 x2by figs-possession ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
320 2PE 2 18 n2pr figs-abstractnouns ματαιότητος 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **vanity**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
321 2PE 2 18 f8tg writing-pronouns δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 They entice people by the lusts of the flesh Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
322 2PE 2 18 t543 figs-metaphor ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323 2PE 2 18 bibq ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
324 2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325 2PE 2 19 xqla ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
326 2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
327 2PE 2 19 je1k writing-pronouns ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
328 2PE 2 19 n0bh figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς; 1 Peter uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize the irony of spiritually enslaved people promising spiritual freedom to others. Alternate translation: “while they themselves are slaves of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
329 2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor δοῦλοι 1 Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
330 2PE 2 19 xyua figs-possession δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that are characterized by **destruction**. Alternate translation: “slaves that will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
331 2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this non-figuratively or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
332 2PE 2 19 xqmy figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive sentence, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this passive sentence, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
333 2PE 2 20 v3xc γὰρ 1 Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
334 2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
335 2PE 2 20 efnj figs-metaphor εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
336 2PE 2 20 xpo9 figs-abstractnouns τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **defilements**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
337 2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
338 2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
339 2PE 2 20 zxcf figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
340 2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
341 2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
342 2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
343 2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
344 2PE 2 20 d42g figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
345 2PE 2 21 x7gd grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
346 2PE 2 21 e3dv writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
347 2PE 2 21 xg05 figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
348 2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-idiom τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
349 2PE 2 21 lib0 ἐπιγνοῦσιν 1 This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it” This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
350 2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351 2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
352 2PE 2 21 xwid figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
353 2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
354 2PE 2 22 hqr3 writing-pronouns συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
355 2PE 2 22 pc36 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
356 2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
357 2PE 2 22 xgjp translate-unknown κύων 1 A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **dog** was an insult. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
358 2PE 2 22 xycp translate-unknown ὗς 1 A **pig** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **pig** was an insult. If pigs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
359 2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
360 2PE 3 1 n92f figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
361 2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
362 2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
363 2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **remembrance**, you could express the idea behind it in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
364 2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365 2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
366 2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
367 2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
368 2PE 3 2 ijnq figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
369 2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
370 2PE 3 2 jnq2 figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **command**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
371 2PE 3 2 jx0u figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
382 2PE 3 4 hgdm figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his coming? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
383 2PE 3 4 lw3y figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used idiomatically to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
384 2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-metonymy ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where is the promise of his coming? Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
385 2PE 3 4 wm6z writing-pronouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
386 2PE 3 4 u54w figs-explicit τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
387 2PE 3 4 xfkr figs-metaphor ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 Here, **the fathers** is used figuratively. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
388 2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
389 2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
392 2PE 3 5 xgsy figs-ellipsis θέλοντας ὅτι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “that the heavens existed long ago by the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
393 2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
394 2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 had been formed from water and through water This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
395 2PE 3 5 o7sz figs-metonymy τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
396 2PE 3 6 jh4r writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
397 2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
398 2PE 3 6 hvc3 ὁ τότε κόσμος 1 Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
399 2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
400 2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
401 2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
402 2PE 3 7 e673 figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
403 2PE 3 7 ghco grammar-connect-logic-goal πυρὶ 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
404 2PE 3 7 nl8w figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
405 2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
410 2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
411 2PE 3 8 o1wc figs-doublet μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
412 2PE 3 9 zv9m figs-metonymy οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
413 2PE 3 9 dzq8 figs-explicit ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
414 2PE 3 9 a18l figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
415 2PE 3 9 szyk grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι 1 This clause indicates the reason why God is delaying the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he does not want any to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
416 2PE 3 9 l9ay figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
417 2PE 3 9 jwjo figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **repentance**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but all to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
418 2PE 3 10 w6ma grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
419 2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
420 2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
421 2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
422 2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
423 2PE 3 10 lz8t στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire” Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
424 2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
425 2PE 3 10 qnu5 figs-explicit γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
426 2PE 3 10 z9f6 γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
427 2PE 3 11 buq4 grammar-connect-logic-result τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
428 2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
429 2PE 3 11 tpfg writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
430 2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
431 2PE 3 11 qoui figs-ellipsis ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
432 2PE 3 12 bqnn προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας 1 Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
433 2PE 3 12 b73o writing-pronouns δι’ ἣν 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
434 2PE 3 12 ko6c πυρούμενοι 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being set on fire”
435 2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
436 2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα…τήκεται 1 the elements Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
441 2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
442 2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
443 2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
444 2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
445 2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
446 2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
447 2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
448 2PE 3 14 byr8 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
449 2PE 3 14 rtyg ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 Here, **in peace** could refer to: (1) having peace with God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “at peace with God” (2) feeling peace in one’s heart. Alternate translation: “with peace in your heart”
450 2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord as salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
451 2PE 3 15 pd30 figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
452 2PE 3 15 vbso figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
453 2PE 3 15 vo82 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος 1 Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
454 2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
455 2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
456 2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
457 2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
458 2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
459 2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
460 2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
461 2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
462 2PE 3 16 wrqu figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
463 2PE 3 17 kn3d grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter uses **therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
464 2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
465 2PE 3 17 bq8o grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
466 2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
467 2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **steadfastness**, you could express the idea behind it with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
468 2PE 3 17 um49 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
469 2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
470 2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
471 2PE 3 17 px85 τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”

84
en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 1 ej5x figs-explicit ἀκηκόαμεν 1 we have heard The implication is that what John and the other eyewitnesses **heard** was Jesus speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “we heard speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 1 rb73 figs-parallelism ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 1 j001 figs-explicitinfo ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “we saw … and touched” or “we saw with our own eyes … and touched with our own hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1JN 1 1 j002 figs-explicit ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 1 j002 figs-explicit ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 1 j003 περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 regarding the Word of life As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life”
1JN 1 1 j004 writing-pronouns περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 regarding the Word of life Letter writers of this time typically began by giving their own names. That is the case for most of the letters in the New Testament. This letter is an exception, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply John’s name here, as UST does. As noted above, John uses the plural pronoun “we” because he is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to Jesus’ earthly life. But it may be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun, and if so, you could do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 1 1 gt44 figs-explicit τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 the Word of life Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 4 j013 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 1 4 j014 figs-you ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If you follow the variant reading “your joy” here instead of **our joy**, the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1JN 1 4 xn9d figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 1 4 j015 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 1 4 j016 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 4 j015 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 1 4 j016 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 5 hdrv checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 5. Suggested heading: “Sin Prevents Fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-exclusive ἀκηκόαμεν 1 we have heard The pronoun **we** is exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1JN 1 5 j017 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 from him The pronoun **him** in this first instance in the verse refers to Jesus, since John is speaking of the message that he and the other eyewitnesses heard from Jesus. Alternate translation: “from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 8 tt51 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us John speaks figuratively of the **truth** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 1 8 j035 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 1 9 j036 figs-hypo ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, πιστός ἐστιν καὶ δίκαιος 1 If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the value and benefits of living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we confess our sins. Then he is faithful and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 1 9 agve figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν 1 Part of confessing sin to God is rejecting them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If we confess our sins to God and turn away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 9 agve figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν 1 Part of confessing sin to God is rejecting them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If we confess our sins to God and turn away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 9 gb5l writing-pronouns πιστός ἐστιν…ἵνα ἀφῇ 1 he is faithful … that he should forgive The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “God is faithful … and God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 1 9 f68c figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 that he should forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John is likely using them together for emphasis. If including both phrases would be confusing for your readers, you could combine them and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and he will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 9 j038 figs-metaphor καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 cleanse us from all unrighteousness As in [1:7](../01/07.md), John is speaking figuratively of **sins** as if they made a person dirty and of God’s forgiveness as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “not hold against us anything that we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 1 9 j039 figs-abstractnouns πάσης ἀδικίας 1 all unrighteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “anything that we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 1 10 j040 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of not living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have not sinned. Then we are calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 1 10 j041 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ 1 him … his The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him a liar Be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, a person who claimed to be without sin would be calling God a liar, since God has said that everyone is a sinner. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that is the same as calling God a liar, because God has said that we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him a liar Be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, a person who claimed to be without sin would be calling God a liar, since God has said that everyone is a sinner. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that is the same as calling God a liar, because God has said that we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 10 j042 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us John is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God has said by using words. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking figuratively of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:1–17, continuing from 1:5)<br>2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)<br>3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–29, continues through 3:10)<br><br>In order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:12–14](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Antichrist<br><br>In [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 I am writing these things Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter”
1JN 2 1 j044 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 2 1 bi4g figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 if anyone should sin, we have an advocate with the Father John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 2 1 stj2 figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 1 stj2 figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 1 j045 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 2 1 j046 figs-nominaladj δίκαιον 1 the righteous John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 2 2 j047 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 he The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus, the antecedent in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 6 j061 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν 1 he remains in him John once again speaks figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. Alternate translation: “he is close friends with God” or “he shares life with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 6 j062 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 6 x5n1 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 ought, just as that one walked, also to walk himself As in [1:6](../01/06.md) and [1:7](../01/07.md), John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “must live as Jesus lived” or “must obey God just as Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 6 lvw4 figs-explicit ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 John is referring specifically to the way that Jesus behaved when he lived on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “must walk in the same way as Jesus walked when he was living on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 6 lvw4 figs-explicit ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 John is referring specifically to the way that Jesus behaved when he lived on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “must walk in the same way as Jesus walked when he was living on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 6 j063 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 that one John is using this demonstrative pronoun to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 7 py9g figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved This is another term of affection by which John addresses the believers to whom he is writing. It involves using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to indicate a specific group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 2 7 vz9w figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 2 7 eia9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 the word that you heard John is using **word** figuratively to refer to the message that these believers heard, which was communicated through words. Alternate translation: “the message that you heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 7 amu6 figs-explicit ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 the word that you heard The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 7 amu6 figs-explicit ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 the word that you heard The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 8 j064 figs-idiom πάλιν 1 Again John is using the term **Again** idiomatically in the sense of “Looking at this again from another perspective.” Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 2 8 i1up figs-explicit ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 I am writing a new commandment to you John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 8 i1up figs-explicit ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 I am writing a new commandment to you John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 8 j065 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει 1 which is true in him and in you, because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining, this commandment is true in Jesus and in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 2 8 j066 figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which is true in him and in you Since Jesus consistently obeyed the commandment to love, it is likely that John is emphasizing that believers are doing the same thing themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out this implicit emphasis in your translation. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 8 c2fa figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which is true in him and in you John is speaking figuratively as if this commandment were **true** inside of Jesus and these believers. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 11 j081 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 because the darkness has blinded his eyes John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 12 in8n figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 12 y00g ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 12 j082 writing-pronouns διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 13 kue2 figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 fathers The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -209,11 +209,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 18 r2vq translate-unknown ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν 1 the Antichrist is coming, indeed now many antichrists have come See the discussion of the terms **antichrist** and **antichrists** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “someone is coming who will lead a great opposition to Jesus, already many people are opposing Jesus in that way now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1JN 2 19 rmj7 figs-metaphor ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν 1 They went out from us These people formerly met with the group of believers to whom John is writing. While they physically left the places where the believers met, John is also using the expression **went out** figuratively to mean that these people stopped being part of the group. Alternate translation: “They left our group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 19 ytb1 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν…οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but they were not from us … they are all not from us John is using the expression **from us** in a slightly different sense in these instances than in the first instance in the verse. In the first instance, it means that these people left the group. In this instance, it means that they were never genuinely part of the group. Alternate translation: “but they were never genuinely part of our group … none of them are genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 19 j113 figs-explicit οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they were not from us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why John makes this claim. Alternate translation: “they were never genuinely part of our group, because they did not actually believe in Jesus in the first place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 19 j113 figs-explicit οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they were not from us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why John makes this claim. Alternate translation: “they were never genuinely part of our group, because they did not actually believe in Jesus in the first place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 19 j114 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group because they did not continue to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1JN 2 19 jin1 figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 they would have remained with us See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 19 j115 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 19 j117 οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they are all not from us The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
1JN 2 20 j118 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 20 j120 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One Here John is using **anointing** figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit. Just as people poured oil on kings and priests to set them apart for service to God, God gives the Holy Spirit to believers to set them apart and equip them to serve God. John says specifically in [3:24](../03/24.md) and [4:13](../04/13.md) that God has given the Spirit to believers in this way. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has given you his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 20 gy16 figs-nominaladj τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 the Holy One John is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun in order to indicate a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. John is referring specifically to God, and so ULT capitalizes both of these words to show that they are describing a divine person. Your language may allow you to use this adjective as a noun. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God, the One who is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 2 20 j121 translate-textvariants οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **you all know** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “you know all things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 2 20 j122 figs-explicit οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 20 j122 figs-explicit οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 21 j123 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you can make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 2 21 w4fm grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 If saying **I have not written to you** seems wrong or confusing in your language, you can move the negative to the next clause. Alternate translation: “I have written to you not because you do not know the truth, but because you do know the truth” or “I have written to you not to inform you of the truth, but I have written to you because you already know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth … from the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -234,11 +234,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 22 j128 figs-genericnoun οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This one is the antichrist John is not referring here to the ultimate antichrist who will appear at the end of earthly history. John does not have a specific person in view here. Rather, he is speaking generally of all people who oppose Christ. See how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “Such a person is the enemy of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1JN 2 22 z4t1 figs-explicit ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 the one who denies the Father and the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly why John says this about these people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By denying that Jesus is the Messiah, he is denying both God the Father, who sent Jesus to be the Messiah, and Jesus his Son, whom he sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 22 pth9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 the Father and the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 2 23 j129 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Everyone who denies the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who denies that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 23 j129 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Everyone who denies the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who denies that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 23 j130 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν -1 the Son … the Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 2 23 k78f figs-possession οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει…καὶ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 does not have the Father … has the Father The language of possession that John is using actually indicates that such a person does not or does belong to God, rather than that God does not or does belong to such a person. Alternate translation: “does not belong to the Father … belongs to the Father as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 2 23 j131 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα -1 the Father … the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 2 23 u9ep figs-explicit ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 The one who confesses the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 23 u9ep figs-explicit ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 The one who confesses the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε…ὃ…ἠκούσατε 1 what you have heard … what you have heard John is referring implicitly to the teaching about Jesus that these believers **have heard**. Alternate translation: “the teaching you have heard … the teaching you have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 24 dsl7 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς -1 from the beginning … from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus … ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 2 24 rfz8 figs-metaphor ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω…ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 let it remain in you … remains in you See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In these instances, in reference to the teaching about Jesus, the word seems to refer to continuing belief in that teaching. Alternate translation: “continue to believe it … you continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 25 j134 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 he The pronoun **he** could refer in this context either to Jesus or to God the Father. However, it seems more likely that it refers to Jesus, since John has just talked in [2:22–23](../02/22.md) about denying or confessing him, and it was Jesus who promised **eternal life** to everyone who believed in him. See, for example, the Gospel of John [3:36](../jhn/03/36.md) and [6:47](../jhn/06/47.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 25 id51 figs-metaphor τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life John means more than physical **life**. This expression can indicate living forever in the presence of God after death, a commonly recognized meaning, but it can also indicate receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “that we would have power to live a new life now and that we would live with him forever after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 26 fe44 figs-metaphor τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 those who are leading you astray John speaks figuratively of these people as if they were guides who were leading others in the wrong direction. This is a metaphor for their attempts to get the people to whom John is writing to believe things that are not true. Alternate translation: “those who are deceiving you” or “those who are trying to get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 26 d3f5 figs-explicit τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly in what way these people are leading others astray. Alternate translation: “the people who are leading you astray about Jesus” or “the people who are lying to you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 26 d3f5 figs-explicit τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way these people are leading others astray. Alternate translation: “the people who are leading you astray about Jesus” or “the people who are lying to you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 27 cn2f figs-metaphor τὸ χρῖσμα ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the anointing that you received from him See how you translated the word **anointing** in [2:20](../02/20.md). Alternate translation: “the Spirit, whom Jesus has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 27 j135 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 from him … his … in him Like the pronoun “he” in [2:25](../02/25.md), the words **him** and **his** in this verse likely refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the name instead of a pronoun. Alternate translation: “from Jesus … in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 27 j136 figs-metaphor μένει ἐν ὑμῖν 1 remains in you See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to refer to the continuing presence of the Spirit with a believer. Alternate translation: “lives inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -269,24 +269,24 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 28 j144 figs-parallelism σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 2 28 lnk2 figs-abstractnouns σχῶμεν παρρησίαν 1 we may have boldness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **boldness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 28 d4ql figs-synecdoche μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, figuratively to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1JN 2 28 j145 figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 28 j145 figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth”
1JN 2 29 j146 grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 If you know that he is righteous John is using the form of conditional possibility here, but he is stating something that is actually true. In Greek, this was a way of affirming that the part that follows this statement is also true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1JN 2 29 j147 writing-pronouns ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ 1 he is … him The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 29 j148 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 everyone who does righteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 29 u6er figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 29 u6er figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 29 j149 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this figuratively. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)<br>2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)<br>3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)<br><br>This does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 3 1 gl8n figs-metaphor ἴδετε 1 See John is using the term **see** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 1 j150 ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 what kind of love the Father has given to us Alternate translation: “how greatly the Father has loved us”
1JN 3 1 j151 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 3 1 x99a figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 that we should be called children of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 3 1 x99a figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 that we should be called children of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 3 1 j362 figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 1 j152 translate-textvariants καὶ ἐσμέν 1 and we are See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 3 1 fq4t grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him. John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “because ungodly people have not known God, for that reason they do not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 3 1 j155 οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς…οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 does not know us … it did not know him John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him”
1JN 3 1 j156 figs-explicit οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς 1 does not know us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 1 j156 figs-explicit οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς 1 does not know us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 1 j157 writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to God, the antecedent in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 3 2 ek9v figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 3 2 j158 figs-explicit τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning of this expression in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -305,19 +305,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 6 j999 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 Everyone who remains in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 6 j168 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 Everyone who remains in him John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 6 j169 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 him … him … him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 3 6 j170 figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 does not sin If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 6 j170 figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 does not sin If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν 1 has not seen him and has not known him The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1JN 3 6 j172 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν 1 has not seen him John is not referring to people literally seeing Jesus. Rather, he is using sight figuratively to mean perception and recognition. Alternate translation: “has not recognized who Jesus is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 7 ia4z figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 7 wg85 figs-metaphor μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς 1 let no one lead you astray See how you translated the similar expression in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “do not be deceived by anyone” or “do not let anyone get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 7 v4yp figs-abstractnouns ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 The one who does righteousness See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “The one who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 3 7 j173 figs-explicit δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 is righteous, just as that one is righteous If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the term **righteous** means in this context. Alternate translation: “is acceptable to God, just as Jesus is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 7 j173 figs-explicit δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 is righteous, just as that one is righteous If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the term **righteous** means in this context. Alternate translation: “is acceptable to God, just as Jesus is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 7 j174 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 that one The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 3 8 uja7 ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν 1 is from the devil Here the preposition **from** indicates influence. The usage here is similar to that in the phrase “from the world” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “is acting under the influence of the devil”
1JN 3 8 cit3 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when God created the world. In this case, the word **from** indicates not that the devil began to sin at that time, but that he had already begun to sin by that time. Alternate translation: “even before the world was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 3 8 p9ks guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Son of God” or “God’s Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 3 8 nq4w figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term seems to have an active meaning and to mean the same thing as in [3:5](../03/05.md), that Jesus came to earth. It does not mean that he only appeared to come. Alternate translation: “came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 3 8 j175 figs-explicit ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he might destroy the works of the devil If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had gotten them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 8 j175 figs-explicit ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he might destroy the works of the devil If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had gotten them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 9 ftw3 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God See how you translated this in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone whose father is God … because God is his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 3 9 j176 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 9 j177 writing-pronouns σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him In this phrase, **his** refers to **God** and **him** refers to the person **who has been begotten from God**. Alternate translation: “God’s seed remains in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 11 qd6j checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 11. Suggested heading: “What Love Is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
1JN 3 11 j183 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first heard about or first believed in Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “ever since you first heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 3 12 frz9 figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς Κάϊν 1 not like Cain John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and we should not be like Cain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 3 12 w83v figs-explicit Κάϊν…ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Cain, who … killed his brother John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could say this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 12 w83v figs-explicit Κάϊν…ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Cain, who … killed his brother John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could express this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 12 j184 translate-names Κάϊν 1 Cain **Cain** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1JN 3 12 j185 ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν 1 who was from the evil one This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one”
1JN 3 12 j186 figs-nominaladj τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -387,15 +387,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 19 j212 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” someone. It likely refers to when we pray to God or are otherwise aware that he sees everything that we do. Alternate translation: “when we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 20 j213 figs-hypo ὅτι ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 that if our heart condemns us, that God is greater than our heart and knows everything John is discussing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our heart condemns us. Then we should remember that God is greater than our heart and knows everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 3 20 f594 figs-metaphor ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us John continues speaking figuratively of the **heart** to mean the thoughts and feelings. There may be a similar expression in your language. Alternate translation: “if our feelings condemn us” or “if our thoughts accuse us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 20 j214 figs-explicit ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 20 j214 figs-explicit ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 20 j215 figs-possession ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία…τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 our heart … our heart If it would be unusual in your language to speak of one **heart** in reference to many people, and if you decide to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural. Alternate translation: “our hearts … our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 3 20 j216 figs-parallelism μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything Since John is using the **heart** figuratively to mean the thoughts and feelings, the statement that **God is greater than our heart** likely means that God knows and understands more than we do and that God has greater compassion for us than we have for ourselves. In that case, the phrases **is greater than our heart** and **knows everything** would mean similar things. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 3 20 lv7z figs-explicit μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 20 lv7z figs-explicit μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 21 rf96 figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 3 21 j217 figs-hypo ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν, 1 if the heart does not condemn, we have confidence toward God John discusses another hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our hearts do not condemn us. Then we have confidence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 3 21 j218 figs-explicit ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ 1 if the heart does not condemn See how you translated the similar expression in [3:20](../03/20.md). Alternate translation: “if we do not feel that we do not belong to God” or, positively, “if we feel assured that we belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 21 j219 figs-possession ἡ καρδία 1 the heart If you decided in the previous verse to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation and you made it plural there, you can make it plural in this instance as well. You can also use the same possessive pronoun as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 3 21 j220 figs-explicit παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 we have confidence toward God If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 21 j220 figs-explicit παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 we have confidence toward God If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 21 j221 figs-abstractnouns παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 we have confidence toward God If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adverb such as “confidently.” Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 3 22 j222 figs-explicit ὅτι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν, καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν 1 because we keep his commandments and we do the pleasing things before him John is not saying that we **receive** **whatever we ask** in return for obeying God’s commandments and doing what pleases him. Our obedience does not obligate God to give us what we ask for. Our obedience is simply what God has a right to expect from us. Rather, the word **because** reaches back to the statement earlier in this sentence, in the previous verse, that “we have confidence toward God,” that is, we can pray to God confidently. Living in obedience and doing what pleases God gives us confidence to ask for things according to his will. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly by starting a new sentence here that refers back to that statement and explains how John’s statement in this verse relates to it. Alternate translation: “We can pray confidently like this because we obey God’s commandments and do what pleases him, and that assures us that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 22 j223 figs-idiom τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν 1 we keep his commandments As in [2:3](../02/03.md), the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “we obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 5 j253 figs-idiom ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 the world listens to them The word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “ungodly people believe them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 6 j254 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 We … us … us These pronouns in the first three sentences of this verse are probably exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, we recommend using the exclusive form in your translation. John appears to be speaking here of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He has already said that the believers to whom he is writing are from God in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1JN 4 6 j328 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God Here, **from God** could mean: (1) that John and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (2) the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “We belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 6 j256 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God If you have decided that **We are from God** means “God has sent us,” and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do, either here or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 6 j256 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God If you have decided that **We are from God** means “God has sent us,” and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do, either here or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 6 j257 ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν 1 The one who knows God As in [2:3–4](../02/03.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God”
1JN 4 6 j258 figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 listens to us … does not listen to us As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “believes what we teach … does not believe what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 6 j259 figs-idiom ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever is not from God The expression **from God** means the same thing in this verse as in [4:4](../04/04.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Whoever does not belong to God” or “Whoever is not living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 7 fpl5 figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 4 7 c6w6 figs-idiom ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 love is from God The expression **from God** means something similar to what it does in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “God inspires us to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God See how you translated this metaphor in [2:29](../02/29.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 7 zvt9 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 7 zvt9 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 7 j264 καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and knows God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God”
1JN 4 8 j265 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 8 j266 οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν 1 does not know God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God”
@ -508,20 +508,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 17 bp6d writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ 1 **In this** may refer: (1) backward to the last sentence of verse 16. Alternate translation: “By remaining in God,” (2) forward to the clause beginning **because just as that one is**. Alternate translation: “By loving others just the way that Jesus does,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 4 17 m76g figs-activepassive τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 love has been perfected with us See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Since John speaks in the previous verse of God’s love, here John is probably continuing to refer to God’s love for us, rather than to our love for God. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 17 j281 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 In this love has been perfected with us so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment The clause beginning **so that** could function as: (1) a result clause. That is, John may be saying that as a result of God’s love achieving its purposes in our lives now, we will be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for result clauses. Alternate translation: “with the result that we may have confidence in the day of judgment” (2) a purpose clause. That is, John may be saying that one reason why God is having his love achieve its purpose in our lives now is because he wants us to be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 17 j282 figs-explicit ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 so that we may have confidence If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 17 j282 figs-explicit ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 so that we may have confidence If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 17 j283 figs-abstractnouns ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 so that we may have confidence If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 4 17 j284 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 in the day of judgment John is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 17 j285 ὅτι 1 that The word translated **because** here can be understood in different ways, depending on how you translated **In this** at the beginning of the verse. (1) If you translated **In this** as referring back to verse 16, then this word can be translated as “because.” (2) If you translated **In this** as referring to the clause beginning with this word, then translate this word with one that introduces the content of **In this**, such as “that.”
1JN 4 17 l78r writing-pronouns ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν 1 as that one is, we also are The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “since we are becoming more and more like Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 4 17 j286 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 in this world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter, usually in a figurative sense. Here, however, it refers literally to the created world. Alternate translation: “as we live in this world” or “in our lives on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 4 18 j287 grammar-connect-logic-result φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 18 sq7k figs-explicit φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 18 sq7k figs-explicit φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could state explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 18 j288 figs-metaphor φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 Fear is not in love John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 18 j290 ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1JN 4 18 zsl7 ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Alternate translation: “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 18 j291 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 18 j291 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 19 j292 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 We love because he first loved us This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 19 j293 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν 1 We love If you need to say who it is that **We love**, there are two possibilities, and John probably intended both here. If you must choose, then we recommend option (1) below, but if your translation can include both possibilities as in the UST, that would be best. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” or (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 19 j294 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 he first loved us The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God first loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 20 j296 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 4 20 tfq3 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother … is not able to love God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 4 20 xssu figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 20 xssu figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could state why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 21 j297 ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we have this commandment from him Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded us”
1JN 4 21 j298 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 from him The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 4 21 jrd1 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεὸν 1 Here, **the one** refers to anyone who loves God. Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@ -540,12 +540,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 1 j301 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ has been begotten from God See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 5 1 h8if figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ has been begotten from God See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 1 j302 writing-proverbs πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who loves the one begetting also loves the one having been begotten from him John includes this short saying to teach something that is generally true about life and that applies to the point he has been developing since [4:7](../04/07.md), that genuine believers love one another as God has loved them. Use the natural form in your language for a true saying. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves a father also loves that father's child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1JN 5 1 j303 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who loves the one begetting also loves the one having been begotten from him If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means and how it applies to John’s argument in this part of the letter. See the UST. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves God will also love his fellow believers, since God is their spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 1 j303 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who loves the one begetting also loves the one having been begotten from him If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means and how it applies to John’s argument in this part of the letter. See the UST. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves God will also love his fellow believers, since God is their spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 2 ukc7 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι 1 In this we know that This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 5 2 j365 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the children of God Since John says in the previous verse that God is the spiritual father of believers, by **the children of God** he means other believers. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 2 j304 figs-idiom τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 we keep his commandments Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “we obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 5 3 j305 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For In this verse, John gives a reason why his readers should recognize that the statement he makes in the previous verse is true. Alternate translation: “After all,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 5 3 ve87 figs-explicit αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 For this is the love of God, that we should keep his commandments If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why this is the reason for the statement that John makes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And this is why: If we really do love God, we will love other believers, as he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 3 ve87 figs-explicit αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 For this is the love of God, that we should keep his commandments If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why this is the reason for the statement that John makes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And this is why: If we really do love God, we will love other believers, as he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 3 j306 figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the love of God In this context, the phrase **the love of God** refers to believers loving God. John speaks in the previous verse of “when we love God.” Alternate translation: “what it means to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 5 3 uik3 figs-idiom ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 that we should keep his commandments Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “that we should obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 5 3 c5z1 figs-metaphor αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 his commandments are not burdensome John speaks figuratively of God’s **commandments** as if they had weight but did not weigh very much. Alternate translation: “his commandments are not difficult to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 5 j311 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 5 drv2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 5 6 js27 figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ—not in water alone, but in water and in blood John is specifying here what it means to believe fully that “Jesus is the Son of God,” as he described in the previous verse. The terms **water** and **blood** are metonyms, representing different important ways that the Son of God **came** to us. You may want to clarify these meanings in the text, or do so in a footnote. The **blood** represents Jesus' death on the cross, when he shed his blood as the Savior of the world. The **water** could stand for: (1) Jesus' baptism. When John baptized Jesus in the water of the Jordan River, the Son of God began his ministry of reconciling the world to God. See the UST. (2) Jesus' birth. There was the breaking of the birth water when the Son of God was born as a man. Alternate translation: “This is the one who came through the water of human birth and the blood of his sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 6 j312 figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν 1 the one who came If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 6 j312 figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν 1 the one who came If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 6 fgl6 figs-metaphor δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1 John is using a metaphor that pictures water and blood conveying Jesus to us or Jesus coming to us through water and through blood. The meaning is that Jesus became our Savior as he experienced baptism in water and submitted himself to death on the cross. Alternate translation “as our Savior, undergoing baptism and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 6 x777 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1 If it sounds confusing in your language to say **not in water … but in water**, you could reword this to avoid repeating the phrase **in water**. Alternate translation: “not in water alone, but also in blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1JN 5 6 j313 τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ μαρτυροῦν 1 the Spirit is the one who testifies Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gives us assurance about this”
@ -582,13 +582,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 9 j324 ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 For this is the testimony of God that he has testified about his Son Here, **For** could be introducing: (1) the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, the content itself comes in [5:11](../05/11.md) after he repeats, “this is the testimony.” Verse 10 talks about the importance of believing God’s testimony. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God himself has given regarding his Son” (2) the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony. Alternate translation: “After all, this is God who has told us about his own Son.”
1JN 5 9 ro4w writing-pronouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) God's testimony, which John says in [verse 11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “I will tell you what God's testimony is” (2) the three testimonies from [verse 8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “those things are the testimony of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 5 9 gt7u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 5 10 f7w4 figs-explicit ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ Θεῷ, ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 This verse comes in between John's two introductions of God's testimony. If this is confusing in your language, you could say something explicitly that tells your reader that the testimony is still coming, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 10 f7w4 figs-explicit ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ Θεῷ, ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 This verse comes in between John's two introductions of God's testimony. If this is confusing in your language, you could state something explicitly that tells your reader that the testimony is still coming, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 10 kala figs-genericnoun ὁ πιστεύων 1 John is speaking of everyone who believes, not of any particular person. Alternate translation: “Any person who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1JN 5 10 j325 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Son of God John implicitly means believing that Jesus is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “that Jesus is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 10 j326 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 5 10 gkj1 figs-metaphor ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ 1 has the testimony in him John speaks figuratively of the **testimony** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “completely accepts what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 10 j327 figs-abstractnouns τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 the testimony If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 10 j255 figs-explicit ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 has made him a liar As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 10 j255 figs-explicit ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 has made him a liar As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 10 sii2 τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the testimony that God has testified about his Son If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **testimony** and the verb **testified**, you can use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “what God has solemnly said to be true about his Son”
1JN 5 11 bi7k αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 this is the testimony Alternate translation: “this is what God has said about his Son”
1JN 5 11 rhpw figs-quotations ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this indirect quotation, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 13 wns6 figs-metonymy τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you, the ones believing in the name of the Son of God As in [2:12](../02/12.md), John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “who believe in the Son of God and what he has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 13 gg32 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 5 13 j331 figs-metaphor ὅτι ζωὴν ἔχετε αἰώνιον 1 that you have eternal life The emphasis in this verse seems to be more on the future aspect of the expression **eternal life**. Alternate translation: “that you will live forever in God’s presence after you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 14 j332 figs-explicit αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 this is the confidence that we have towards him If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could say explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 14 j332 figs-explicit αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 this is the confidence that we have towards him If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 14 yj31 figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 this is the confidence that we have towards him If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 14 j333 writing-pronouns αὐτόν…αὐτοῦ…ἀκούει 1 him … his … he listens The pronouns **him**, **his**, and **he** refer to God in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “God” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 5 14 at5n ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 if we ask anything according to his will Alternate translation: “if we ask for the things that God wants for us”
@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 16 j342 figs-declarative αἰτήσει 1 he will ask John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1JN 5 16 j343 writing-pronouns δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 he will give him life In this clause, the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning, and the pronoun **he** could refer to: (1) God, since only God can give spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (2) **anyone**, that is, the person praying. In this case, John may be picturing God giving life by means of the person's prayers, as in James 5:15, 20. Alternate translation: “he will be God's instrument to give life to the believer who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 5 16 myf6 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 he will give him life The word **life** here refers figuratively to spiritual life, that is, to eternal life with God. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning is not separated from him eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 16 q1me figs-explicit ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ 1 There is a sin towards death; I am not saying that he should pray about that If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin towards death**, John is probably referring to behavior such as the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md). His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them, since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “There are people (such as the false teachers) who are sinning in a way that shows that they have decided to be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 16 q1me figs-explicit ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ 1 There is a sin towards death; I am not saying that he should pray about that If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin towards death**, John is probably referring to behavior such as the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md). His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them, since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “There are people (such as the false teachers) who are sinning in a way that shows that they have decided to be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 17 j344 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 All unrighteousness is sin, and there is sin not towards death If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Every time we do what God does not want, that is sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 17 j345 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrasting statement that is intended to encourage the believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “however,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 5 17 j346 figs-metaphor ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 there is sin not towards death See how you translated the word **death** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “not every sin leads to eternal separation from God” or “not every sin causes a person to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -637,9 +637,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 19 n9ig figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται 1 lies in the evil one The expression **lies in** figuratively represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 19 j355 figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil one If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **evil**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 20 je13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 5 20 j356 figs-explicit ἥκει 1 has come If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 20 j356 figs-explicit ἥκει 1 has come If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 20 n1nh figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **understanding**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 20 j357 figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus has enabled us to understand. Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand the truth” or “has enabled us to understand the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 20 j357 figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what Jesus has enabled us to understand. Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand the truth” or “has enabled us to understand the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 20 hvr7 figs-nominaladj τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 the True One … the True One John is using the adjective **True** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the One who is true … the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 5 20 j358 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 the True One … the True One John is speaking figuratively of God by association with the way that he is **True**. This could mean: (1) The God who is genuine, in contrast to false gods. Alternate translation: “the real God … the real God” (2) The God who is true in all that he says and does. Alternate translation: “God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do … God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 20 ge7c figs-metaphor ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 we are in the True One, in his Son Jesus Christ As in [2:5](../02/05.md), John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God and Jesus. This expression describes having a close relationship with God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “we have a close relationship with the true God, with his Son Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
8 1JN 1 1 ej5x figs-explicit ἀκηκόαμεν 1 we have heard The implication is that what John and the other eyewitnesses **heard** was Jesus speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “we heard speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9 1JN 1 1 rb73 figs-parallelism ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10 1JN 1 1 j001 figs-explicitinfo ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “we saw … and touched” or “we saw with our own eyes … and touched with our own hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
11 1JN 1 1 j002 figs-explicit ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12 1JN 1 1 j003 περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 regarding the Word of life As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life”
13 1JN 1 1 j004 writing-pronouns περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 regarding the Word of life Letter writers of this time typically began by giving their own names. That is the case for most of the letters in the New Testament. This letter is an exception, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply John’s name here, as UST does. As noted above, John uses the plural pronoun “we” because he is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to Jesus’ earthly life. But it may be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun, and if so, you could do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14 1JN 1 1 gt44 figs-explicit τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 the Word of life Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34 1JN 1 4 j013 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
35 1JN 1 4 j014 figs-you ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If you follow the variant reading “your joy” here instead of **our joy**, the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
36 1JN 1 4 xn9d figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
37 1JN 1 4 j015 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38 1JN 1 4 j016 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39 1JN 1 5 hdrv checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 5. Suggested heading: “Sin Prevents Fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
40 1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-exclusive ἀκηκόαμεν 1 we have heard The pronoun **we** is exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
41 1JN 1 5 j017 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 from him The pronoun **him** in this first instance in the verse refers to Jesus, since John is speaking of the message that he and the other eyewitnesses heard from Jesus. Alternate translation: “from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
67 1JN 1 8 tt51 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us John speaks figuratively of the **truth** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
68 1JN 1 8 j035 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
69 1JN 1 9 j036 figs-hypo ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, πιστός ἐστιν καὶ δίκαιος 1 If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the value and benefits of living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we confess our sins. Then he is faithful and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
70 1JN 1 9 agve figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν 1 Part of confessing sin to God is rejecting them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If we confess our sins to God and turn away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Part of confessing sin to God is rejecting them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If we confess our sins to God and turn away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
71 1JN 1 9 gb5l writing-pronouns πιστός ἐστιν…ἵνα ἀφῇ 1 he is faithful … that he should forgive The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “God is faithful … and God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
72 1JN 1 9 f68c figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 that he should forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John is likely using them together for emphasis. If including both phrases would be confusing for your readers, you could combine them and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and he will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
73 1JN 1 9 j038 figs-metaphor καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 cleanse us from all unrighteousness As in [1:7](../01/07.md), John is speaking figuratively of **sins** as if they made a person dirty and of God’s forgiveness as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “not hold against us anything that we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74 1JN 1 9 j039 figs-abstractnouns πάσης ἀδικίας 1 all unrighteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “anything that we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
75 1JN 1 10 j040 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of not living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have not sinned. Then we are calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
76 1JN 1 10 j041 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ 1 him … his The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
77 1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him a liar Be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, a person who claimed to be without sin would be calling God a liar, since God has said that everyone is a sinner. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that is the same as calling God a liar, because God has said that we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, a person who claimed to be without sin would be calling God a liar, since God has said that everyone is a sinner. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that is the same as calling God a liar, because God has said that we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
78 1JN 1 10 j042 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us John is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God has said by using words. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
79 1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking figuratively of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
80 1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:1–17, continuing from 1:5)<br>2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)<br>3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–29, continues through 3:10)<br><br>In order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:12–14](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Antichrist<br><br>In [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
83 1JN 2 1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 I am writing these things Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter”
84 1JN 2 1 j044 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
85 1JN 2 1 bi4g figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 if anyone should sin, we have an advocate with the Father John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
86 1JN 2 1 stj2 figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
87 1JN 2 1 j045 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
88 1JN 2 1 j046 figs-nominaladj δίκαιον 1 the righteous John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
89 1JN 2 2 j047 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 he The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus, the antecedent in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
118 1JN 2 6 j061 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν 1 he remains in him John once again speaks figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. Alternate translation: “he is close friends with God” or “he shares life with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
119 1JN 2 6 j062 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
120 1JN 2 6 x5n1 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 ought, just as that one walked, also to walk himself As in [1:6](../01/06.md) and [1:7](../01/07.md), John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “must live as Jesus lived” or “must obey God just as Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
121 1JN 2 6 lvw4 figs-explicit ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 John is referring specifically to the way that Jesus behaved when he lived on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “must walk in the same way as Jesus walked when he was living on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) John is referring specifically to the way that Jesus behaved when he lived on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “must walk in the same way as Jesus walked when he was living on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
122 1JN 2 6 j063 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 that one John is using this demonstrative pronoun to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
123 1JN 2 7 py9g figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved This is another term of affection by which John addresses the believers to whom he is writing. It involves using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to indicate a specific group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
124 1JN 2 7 vz9w figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
125 1JN 2 7 eia9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 the word that you heard John is using **word** figuratively to refer to the message that these believers heard, which was communicated through words. Alternate translation: “the message that you heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
126 1JN 2 7 amu6 figs-explicit ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 the word that you heard The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127 1JN 2 8 j064 figs-idiom πάλιν 1 Again John is using the term **Again** idiomatically in the sense of “Looking at this again from another perspective.” Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
128 1JN 2 8 i1up figs-explicit ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 I am writing a new commandment to you John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
129 1JN 2 8 j065 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει 1 which is true in him and in you, because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining, this commandment is true in Jesus and in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
130 1JN 2 8 j066 figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which is true in him and in you Since Jesus consistently obeyed the commandment to love, it is likely that John is emphasizing that believers are doing the same thing themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out this implicit emphasis in your translation. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
131 1JN 2 8 c2fa figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which is true in him and in you John is speaking figuratively as if this commandment were **true** inside of Jesus and these believers. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 1JN 2 11 j081 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 because the darkness has blinded his eyes John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156 1JN 2 12 in8n figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157 1JN 2 12 y00g ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
158 1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
159 1JN 2 12 j082 writing-pronouns διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
160 1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
161 1JN 2 13 kue2 figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 fathers The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
209 1JN 2 18 r2vq translate-unknown ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν 1 the Antichrist is coming, indeed now many antichrists have come See the discussion of the terms **antichrist** and **antichrists** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “someone is coming who will lead a great opposition to Jesus, already many people are opposing Jesus in that way now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
210 1JN 2 19 rmj7 figs-metaphor ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν 1 They went out from us These people formerly met with the group of believers to whom John is writing. While they physically left the places where the believers met, John is also using the expression **went out** figuratively to mean that these people stopped being part of the group. Alternate translation: “They left our group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
211 1JN 2 19 ytb1 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν…οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but they were not from us … they are all not from us John is using the expression **from us** in a slightly different sense in these instances than in the first instance in the verse. In the first instance, it means that these people left the group. In this instance, it means that they were never genuinely part of the group. Alternate translation: “but they were never genuinely part of our group … none of them are genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
212 1JN 2 19 j113 figs-explicit οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they were not from us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why John makes this claim. Alternate translation: “they were never genuinely part of our group, because they did not actually believe in Jesus in the first place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why John makes this claim. Alternate translation: “they were never genuinely part of our group, because they did not actually believe in Jesus in the first place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
213 1JN 2 19 j114 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group because they did not continue to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
214 1JN 2 19 jin1 figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 they would have remained with us See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
215 1JN 2 19 j115 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
216 1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
217 1JN 2 19 j117 οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they are all not from us The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
218 1JN 2 20 j118 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
219 1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
221 1JN 2 20 j120 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One Here John is using **anointing** figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit. Just as people poured oil on kings and priests to set them apart for service to God, God gives the Holy Spirit to believers to set them apart and equip them to serve God. John says specifically in [3:24](../03/24.md) and [4:13](../04/13.md) that God has given the Spirit to believers in this way. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has given you his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 1JN 2 20 gy16 figs-nominaladj τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 the Holy One John is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun in order to indicate a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. John is referring specifically to God, and so ULT capitalizes both of these words to show that they are describing a divine person. Your language may allow you to use this adjective as a noun. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God, the One who is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
223 1JN 2 20 j121 translate-textvariants οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **you all know** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “you know all things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
224 1JN 2 20 j122 figs-explicit οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
225 1JN 2 21 j123 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you can make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
226 1JN 2 21 w4fm grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 If saying **I have not written to you** seems wrong or confusing in your language, you can move the negative to the next clause. Alternate translation: “I have written to you not because you do not know the truth, but because you do know the truth” or “I have written to you not to inform you of the truth, but I have written to you because you already know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
227 1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth … from the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
234 1JN 2 22 j128 figs-genericnoun οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This one is the antichrist John is not referring here to the ultimate antichrist who will appear at the end of earthly history. John does not have a specific person in view here. Rather, he is speaking generally of all people who oppose Christ. See how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “Such a person is the enemy of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
235 1JN 2 22 z4t1 figs-explicit ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 the one who denies the Father and the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly why John says this about these people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By denying that Jesus is the Messiah, he is denying both God the Father, who sent Jesus to be the Messiah, and Jesus his Son, whom he sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
236 1JN 2 22 pth9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 the Father and the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
237 1JN 2 23 j129 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Everyone who denies the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who denies that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who denies that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
238 1JN 2 23 j130 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν -1 the Son … the Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
239 1JN 2 23 k78f figs-possession οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει…καὶ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 does not have the Father … has the Father The language of possession that John is using actually indicates that such a person does not or does belong to God, rather than that God does not or does belong to such a person. Alternate translation: “does not belong to the Father … belongs to the Father as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
240 1JN 2 23 j131 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα -1 the Father … the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
241 1JN 2 23 u9ep figs-explicit ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 The one who confesses the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
242 1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε…ὃ…ἠκούσατε 1 what you have heard … what you have heard John is referring implicitly to the teaching about Jesus that these believers **have heard**. Alternate translation: “the teaching you have heard … the teaching you have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
243 1JN 2 24 dsl7 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς -1 from the beginning … from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus … ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
244 1JN 2 24 rfz8 figs-metaphor ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω…ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 let it remain in you … remains in you See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In these instances, in reference to the teaching about Jesus, the word seems to refer to continuing belief in that teaching. Alternate translation: “continue to believe it … you continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
249 1JN 2 25 j134 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 he The pronoun **he** could refer in this context either to Jesus or to God the Father. However, it seems more likely that it refers to Jesus, since John has just talked in [2:22–23](../02/22.md) about denying or confessing him, and it was Jesus who promised **eternal life** to everyone who believed in him. See, for example, the Gospel of John [3:36](../jhn/03/36.md) and [6:47](../jhn/06/47.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
250 1JN 2 25 id51 figs-metaphor τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life John means more than physical **life**. This expression can indicate living forever in the presence of God after death, a commonly recognized meaning, but it can also indicate receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “that we would have power to live a new life now and that we would live with him forever after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
251 1JN 2 26 fe44 figs-metaphor τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 those who are leading you astray John speaks figuratively of these people as if they were guides who were leading others in the wrong direction. This is a metaphor for their attempts to get the people to whom John is writing to believe things that are not true. Alternate translation: “those who are deceiving you” or “those who are trying to get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252 1JN 2 26 d3f5 figs-explicit τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly in what way these people are leading others astray. Alternate translation: “the people who are leading you astray about Jesus” or “the people who are lying to you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way these people are leading others astray. Alternate translation: “the people who are leading you astray about Jesus” or “the people who are lying to you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
253 1JN 2 27 cn2f figs-metaphor τὸ χρῖσμα ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the anointing that you received from him See how you translated the word **anointing** in [2:20](../02/20.md). Alternate translation: “the Spirit, whom Jesus has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
254 1JN 2 27 j135 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 from him … his … in him Like the pronoun “he” in [2:25](../02/25.md), the words **him** and **his** in this verse likely refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the name instead of a pronoun. Alternate translation: “from Jesus … in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
255 1JN 2 27 j136 figs-metaphor μένει ἐν ὑμῖν 1 remains in you See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to refer to the continuing presence of the Spirit with a believer. Alternate translation: “lives inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
269 1JN 2 28 j144 figs-parallelism σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
270 1JN 2 28 lnk2 figs-abstractnouns σχῶμεν παρρησίαν 1 we may have boldness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **boldness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
271 1JN 2 28 d4ql figs-synecdoche μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, figuratively to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
272 1JN 2 28 j145 figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
273 1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth”
274 1JN 2 29 j146 grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 If you know that he is righteous John is using the form of conditional possibility here, but he is stating something that is actually true. In Greek, this was a way of affirming that the part that follows this statement is also true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
275 1JN 2 29 j147 writing-pronouns ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ 1 he is … him The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
276 1JN 2 29 j148 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 everyone who does righteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
277 1JN 2 29 u6er figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
278 1JN 2 29 j149 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this figuratively. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
279 1JN 3 intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)<br>2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)<br>3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)<br><br>This does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
280 1JN 3 1 gl8n figs-metaphor ἴδετε 1 See John is using the term **see** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
281 1JN 3 1 j150 ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 what kind of love the Father has given to us Alternate translation: “how greatly the Father has loved us”
282 1JN 3 1 j151 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
283 1JN 3 1 x99a figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 that we should be called children of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284 1JN 3 1 j362 figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
285 1JN 3 1 j152 translate-textvariants καὶ ἐσμέν 1 and we are See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
286 1JN 3 1 fq4t grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
287 1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him. John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “because ungodly people have not known God, for that reason they do not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
288 1JN 3 1 j155 οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς…οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 does not know us … it did not know him John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him”
289 1JN 3 1 j156 figs-explicit οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς 1 does not know us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
290 1JN 3 1 j157 writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to God, the antecedent in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
291 1JN 3 2 ek9v figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
292 1JN 3 2 j158 figs-explicit τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning of this expression in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
305 1JN 3 6 j999 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 Everyone who remains in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
306 1JN 3 6 j168 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 Everyone who remains in him John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
307 1JN 3 6 j169 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 him … him … him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
308 1JN 3 6 j170 figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 does not sin If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
309 1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν 1 has not seen him and has not known him The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
310 1JN 3 6 j172 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν 1 has not seen him John is not referring to people literally seeing Jesus. Rather, he is using sight figuratively to mean perception and recognition. Alternate translation: “has not recognized who Jesus is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
311 1JN 3 7 ia4z figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312 1JN 3 7 wg85 figs-metaphor μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς 1 let no one lead you astray See how you translated the similar expression in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “do not be deceived by anyone” or “do not let anyone get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
313 1JN 3 7 v4yp figs-abstractnouns ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 The one who does righteousness See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “The one who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
314 1JN 3 7 j173 figs-explicit δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 is righteous, just as that one is righteous If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the term **righteous** means in this context. Alternate translation: “is acceptable to God, just as Jesus is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the term **righteous** means in this context. Alternate translation: “is acceptable to God, just as Jesus is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
315 1JN 3 7 j174 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 that one The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
316 1JN 3 8 uja7 ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν 1 is from the devil Here the preposition **from** indicates influence. The usage here is similar to that in the phrase “from the world” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “is acting under the influence of the devil”
317 1JN 3 8 cit3 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when God created the world. In this case, the word **from** indicates not that the devil began to sin at that time, but that he had already begun to sin by that time. Alternate translation: “even before the world was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
318 1JN 3 8 p9ks guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Son of God” or “God’s Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
319 1JN 3 8 nq4w figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term seems to have an active meaning and to mean the same thing as in [3:5](../03/05.md), that Jesus came to earth. It does not mean that he only appeared to come. Alternate translation: “came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
320 1JN 3 8 j175 figs-explicit ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he might destroy the works of the devil If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had gotten them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had gotten them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
321 1JN 3 9 ftw3 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God See how you translated this in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone whose father is God … because God is his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
322 1JN 3 9 j176 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323 1JN 3 9 j177 writing-pronouns σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him In this phrase, **his** refers to **God** and **him** refers to the person **who has been begotten from God**. Alternate translation: “God’s seed remains in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
333 1JN 3 11 qd6j checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 11. Suggested heading: “What Love Is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
334 1JN 3 11 j183 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first heard about or first believed in Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “ever since you first heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
335 1JN 3 12 frz9 figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς Κάϊν 1 not like Cain John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and we should not be like Cain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
336 1JN 3 12 w83v figs-explicit Κάϊν…ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Cain, who … killed his brother John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could say this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could express this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
337 1JN 3 12 j184 translate-names Κάϊν 1 Cain **Cain** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
338 1JN 3 12 j185 ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν 1 who was from the evil one This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one”
339 1JN 3 12 j186 figs-nominaladj τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
387 1JN 3 19 j212 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” someone. It likely refers to when we pray to God or are otherwise aware that he sees everything that we do. Alternate translation: “when we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
388 1JN 3 20 j213 figs-hypo ὅτι ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 that if our heart condemns us, that God is greater than our heart and knows everything John is discussing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our heart condemns us. Then we should remember that God is greater than our heart and knows everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
389 1JN 3 20 f594 figs-metaphor ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us John continues speaking figuratively of the **heart** to mean the thoughts and feelings. There may be a similar expression in your language. Alternate translation: “if our feelings condemn us” or “if our thoughts accuse us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390 1JN 3 20 j214 figs-explicit ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
391 1JN 3 20 j215 figs-possession ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία…τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 our heart … our heart If it would be unusual in your language to speak of one **heart** in reference to many people, and if you decide to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural. Alternate translation: “our hearts … our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
392 1JN 3 20 j216 figs-parallelism μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything Since John is using the **heart** figuratively to mean the thoughts and feelings, the statement that **God is greater than our heart** likely means that God knows and understands more than we do and that God has greater compassion for us than we have for ourselves. In that case, the phrases **is greater than our heart** and **knows everything** would mean similar things. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
393 1JN 3 20 lv7z figs-explicit μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
394 1JN 3 21 rf96 figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
395 1JN 3 21 j217 figs-hypo ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν, 1 if the heart does not condemn, we have confidence toward God John discusses another hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our hearts do not condemn us. Then we have confidence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
396 1JN 3 21 j218 figs-explicit ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ 1 if the heart does not condemn See how you translated the similar expression in [3:20](../03/20.md). Alternate translation: “if we do not feel that we do not belong to God” or, positively, “if we feel assured that we belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
397 1JN 3 21 j219 figs-possession ἡ καρδία 1 the heart If you decided in the previous verse to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation and you made it plural there, you can make it plural in this instance as well. You can also use the same possessive pronoun as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
398 1JN 3 21 j220 figs-explicit παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 we have confidence toward God If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
399 1JN 3 21 j221 figs-abstractnouns παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 we have confidence toward God If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adverb such as “confidently.” Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
400 1JN 3 22 j222 figs-explicit ὅτι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν, καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν 1 because we keep his commandments and we do the pleasing things before him John is not saying that we **receive** **whatever we ask** in return for obeying God’s commandments and doing what pleases him. Our obedience does not obligate God to give us what we ask for. Our obedience is simply what God has a right to expect from us. Rather, the word **because** reaches back to the statement earlier in this sentence, in the previous verse, that “we have confidence toward God,” that is, we can pray to God confidently. Living in obedience and doing what pleases God gives us confidence to ask for things according to his will. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly by starting a new sentence here that refers back to that statement and explains how John’s statement in this verse relates to it. Alternate translation: “We can pray confidently like this because we obey God’s commandments and do what pleases him, and that assures us that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
401 1JN 3 22 j223 figs-idiom τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν 1 we keep his commandments As in [2:3](../02/03.md), the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “we obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
447 1JN 4 5 j253 figs-idiom ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 the world listens to them The word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “ungodly people believe them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
448 1JN 4 6 j254 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 We … us … us These pronouns in the first three sentences of this verse are probably exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, we recommend using the exclusive form in your translation. John appears to be speaking here of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He has already said that the believers to whom he is writing are from God in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
449 1JN 4 6 j328 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God Here, **from God** could mean: (1) that John and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (2) the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “We belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
450 1JN 4 6 j256 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God If you have decided that **We are from God** means “God has sent us,” and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do, either here or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) If you have decided that **We are from God** means “God has sent us,” and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do, either here or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
451 1JN 4 6 j257 ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν 1 The one who knows God As in [2:3–4](../02/03.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God”
452 1JN 4 6 j258 figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 listens to us … does not listen to us As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “believes what we teach … does not believe what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
453 1JN 4 6 j259 figs-idiom ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever is not from God The expression **from God** means the same thing in this verse as in [4:4](../04/04.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Whoever does not belong to God” or “Whoever is not living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
460 1JN 4 7 fpl5 figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
461 1JN 4 7 c6w6 figs-idiom ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 love is from God The expression **from God** means something similar to what it does in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “God inspires us to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
462 1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God See how you translated this metaphor in [2:29](../02/29.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
463 1JN 4 7 zvt9 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
464 1JN 4 7 j264 καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and knows God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God”
465 1JN 4 8 j265 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
466 1JN 4 8 j266 οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν 1 does not know God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God”
508 1JN 4 17 bp6d writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ 1 **In this** may refer: (1) backward to the last sentence of verse 16. Alternate translation: “By remaining in God,” (2) forward to the clause beginning **because just as that one is**. Alternate translation: “By loving others just the way that Jesus does,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
509 1JN 4 17 m76g figs-activepassive τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 love has been perfected with us See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Since John speaks in the previous verse of God’s love, here John is probably continuing to refer to God’s love for us, rather than to our love for God. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
510 1JN 4 17 j281 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 In this love has been perfected with us so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment The clause beginning **so that** could function as: (1) a result clause. That is, John may be saying that as a result of God’s love achieving its purposes in our lives now, we will be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for result clauses. Alternate translation: “with the result that we may have confidence in the day of judgment” (2) a purpose clause. That is, John may be saying that one reason why God is having his love achieve its purpose in our lives now is because he wants us to be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
511 1JN 4 17 j282 figs-explicit ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 so that we may have confidence If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
512 1JN 4 17 j283 figs-abstractnouns ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 so that we may have confidence If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
513 1JN 4 17 j284 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 in the day of judgment John is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
514 1JN 4 17 j285 ὅτι 1 that The word translated **because** here can be understood in different ways, depending on how you translated **In this** at the beginning of the verse. (1) If you translated **In this** as referring back to verse 16, then this word can be translated as “because.” (2) If you translated **In this** as referring to the clause beginning with this word, then translate this word with one that introduces the content of **In this**, such as “that.”
515 1JN 4 17 l78r writing-pronouns ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν 1 as that one is, we also are The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “since we are becoming more and more like Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
516 1JN 4 17 j286 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 in this world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter, usually in a figurative sense. Here, however, it refers literally to the created world. Alternate translation: “as we live in this world” or “in our lives on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
517 1JN 4 18 j287 grammar-connect-logic-result φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
518 1JN 4 18 sq7k figs-explicit φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could state explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
519 1JN 4 18 j288 figs-metaphor φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 Fear is not in love John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
520 1JN 4 18 j290 ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
521 1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
522 1JN 4 18 zsl7 ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Alternate translation: “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”
523 1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
524 1JN 4 18 j291 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
525 1JN 4 19 j292 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 We love because he first loved us This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
526 1JN 4 19 j293 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν 1 We love If you need to say who it is that **We love**, there are two possibilities, and John probably intended both here. If you must choose, then we recommend option (1) below, but if your translation can include both possibilities as in the UST, that would be best. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” or (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
527 1JN 4 19 j294 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 he first loved us The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God first loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
529 1JN 4 20 j296 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
530 1JN 4 20 tfq3 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
531 1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother … is not able to love God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
532 1JN 4 20 xssu figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could state why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
533 1JN 4 21 j297 ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we have this commandment from him Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded us”
534 1JN 4 21 j298 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 from him The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
535 1JN 4 21 jrd1 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεὸν 1 Here, **the one** refers to anyone who loves God. Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
540 1JN 5 1 j301 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ has been begotten from God See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
541 1JN 5 1 h8if figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ has been begotten from God See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
542 1JN 5 1 j302 writing-proverbs πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who loves the one begetting also loves the one having been begotten from him John includes this short saying to teach something that is generally true about life and that applies to the point he has been developing since [4:7](../04/07.md), that genuine believers love one another as God has loved them. Use the natural form in your language for a true saying. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves a father also loves that father's child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
543 1JN 5 1 j303 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who loves the one begetting also loves the one having been begotten from him If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means and how it applies to John’s argument in this part of the letter. See the UST. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves God will also love his fellow believers, since God is their spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means and how it applies to John’s argument in this part of the letter. See the UST. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves God will also love his fellow believers, since God is their spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
544 1JN 5 2 ukc7 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι 1 In this we know that This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
545 1JN 5 2 j365 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the children of God Since John says in the previous verse that God is the spiritual father of believers, by **the children of God** he means other believers. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
546 1JN 5 2 j304 figs-idiom τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 we keep his commandments Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “we obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
547 1JN 5 3 j305 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For In this verse, John gives a reason why his readers should recognize that the statement he makes in the previous verse is true. Alternate translation: “After all,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
548 1JN 5 3 ve87 figs-explicit αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 For this is the love of God, that we should keep his commandments If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why this is the reason for the statement that John makes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And this is why: If we really do love God, we will love other believers, as he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why this is the reason for the statement that John makes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And this is why: If we really do love God, we will love other believers, as he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
549 1JN 5 3 j306 figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the love of God In this context, the phrase **the love of God** refers to believers loving God. John speaks in the previous verse of “when we love God.” Alternate translation: “what it means to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
550 1JN 5 3 uik3 figs-idiom ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 that we should keep his commandments Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “that we should obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
551 1JN 5 3 c5z1 figs-metaphor αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 his commandments are not burdensome John speaks figuratively of God’s **commandments** as if they had weight but did not weigh very much. Alternate translation: “his commandments are not difficult to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
564 1JN 5 5 j311 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
565 1JN 5 5 drv2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
566 1JN 5 6 js27 figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ—not in water alone, but in water and in blood John is specifying here what it means to believe fully that “Jesus is the Son of God,” as he described in the previous verse. The terms **water** and **blood** are metonyms, representing different important ways that the Son of God **came** to us. You may want to clarify these meanings in the text, or do so in a footnote. The **blood** represents Jesus' death on the cross, when he shed his blood as the Savior of the world. The **water** could stand for: (1) Jesus' baptism. When John baptized Jesus in the water of the Jordan River, the Son of God began his ministry of reconciling the world to God. See the UST. (2) Jesus' birth. There was the breaking of the birth water when the Son of God was born as a man. Alternate translation: “This is the one who came through the water of human birth and the blood of his sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
567 1JN 5 6 j312 figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν 1 the one who came If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
568 1JN 5 6 fgl6 figs-metaphor δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1 John is using a metaphor that pictures water and blood conveying Jesus to us or Jesus coming to us through water and through blood. The meaning is that Jesus became our Savior as he experienced baptism in water and submitted himself to death on the cross. Alternate translation “as our Savior, undergoing baptism and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
569 1JN 5 6 x777 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1 If it sounds confusing in your language to say **not in water … but in water**, you could reword this to avoid repeating the phrase **in water**. Alternate translation: “not in water alone, but also in blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
570 1JN 5 6 j313 τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ μαρτυροῦν 1 the Spirit is the one who testifies Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gives us assurance about this”
582 1JN 5 9 j324 ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 For this is the testimony of God that he has testified about his Son Here, **For** could be introducing: (1) the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, the content itself comes in [5:11](../05/11.md) after he repeats, “this is the testimony.” Verse 10 talks about the importance of believing God’s testimony. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God himself has given regarding his Son” (2) the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony. Alternate translation: “After all, this is God who has told us about his own Son.”
583 1JN 5 9 ro4w writing-pronouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) God's testimony, which John says in [verse 11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “I will tell you what God's testimony is” (2) the three testimonies from [verse 8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “those things are the testimony of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
584 1JN 5 9 gt7u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
585 1JN 5 10 f7w4 figs-explicit ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ Θεῷ, ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 This verse comes in between John's two introductions of God's testimony. If this is confusing in your language, you could say something explicitly that tells your reader that the testimony is still coming, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This verse comes in between John's two introductions of God's testimony. If this is confusing in your language, you could state something explicitly that tells your reader that the testimony is still coming, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
586 1JN 5 10 kala figs-genericnoun ὁ πιστεύων 1 John is speaking of everyone who believes, not of any particular person. Alternate translation: “Any person who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
587 1JN 5 10 j325 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Son of God John implicitly means believing that Jesus is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “that Jesus is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
588 1JN 5 10 j326 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
589 1JN 5 10 gkj1 figs-metaphor ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ 1 has the testimony in him John speaks figuratively of the **testimony** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “completely accepts what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
590 1JN 5 10 j327 figs-abstractnouns τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 the testimony If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
591 1JN 5 10 j255 figs-explicit ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 has made him a liar As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
592 1JN 5 10 sii2 τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the testimony that God has testified about his Son If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **testimony** and the verb **testified**, you can use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “what God has solemnly said to be true about his Son”
593 1JN 5 11 bi7k αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 this is the testimony Alternate translation: “this is what God has said about his Son”
594 1JN 5 11 rhpw figs-quotations ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this indirect quotation, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
603 1JN 5 13 wns6 figs-metonymy τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you, the ones believing in the name of the Son of God As in [2:12](../02/12.md), John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “who believe in the Son of God and what he has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
604 1JN 5 13 gg32 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
605 1JN 5 13 j331 figs-metaphor ὅτι ζωὴν ἔχετε αἰώνιον 1 that you have eternal life The emphasis in this verse seems to be more on the future aspect of the expression **eternal life**. Alternate translation: “that you will live forever in God’s presence after you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
606 1JN 5 14 j332 figs-explicit αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 this is the confidence that we have towards him If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could say explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
607 1JN 5 14 yj31 figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 this is the confidence that we have towards him If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
608 1JN 5 14 j333 writing-pronouns αὐτόν…αὐτοῦ…ἀκούει 1 him … his … he listens The pronouns **him**, **his**, and **he** refer to God in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “God” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
609 1JN 5 14 at5n ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 if we ask anything according to his will Alternate translation: “if we ask for the things that God wants for us”
620 1JN 5 16 j342 figs-declarative αἰτήσει 1 he will ask John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
621 1JN 5 16 j343 writing-pronouns δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 he will give him life In this clause, the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning, and the pronoun **he** could refer to: (1) God, since only God can give spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (2) **anyone**, that is, the person praying. In this case, John may be picturing God giving life by means of the person's prayers, as in James 5:15, 20. Alternate translation: “he will be God's instrument to give life to the believer who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
622 1JN 5 16 myf6 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 he will give him life The word **life** here refers figuratively to spiritual life, that is, to eternal life with God. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning is not separated from him eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
623 1JN 5 16 q1me figs-explicit ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ 1 There is a sin towards death; I am not saying that he should pray about that If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin towards death**, John is probably referring to behavior such as the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md). His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them, since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “There are people (such as the false teachers) who are sinning in a way that shows that they have decided to be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin towards death**, John is probably referring to behavior such as the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md). His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them, since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “There are people (such as the false teachers) who are sinning in a way that shows that they have decided to be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
624 1JN 5 17 j344 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 All unrighteousness is sin, and there is sin not towards death If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Every time we do what God does not want, that is sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
625 1JN 5 17 j345 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrasting statement that is intended to encourage the believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “however,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
626 1JN 5 17 j346 figs-metaphor ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 there is sin not towards death See how you translated the word **death** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “not every sin leads to eternal separation from God” or “not every sin causes a person to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
637 1JN 5 19 n9ig figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται 1 lies in the evil one The expression **lies in** figuratively represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
638 1JN 5 19 j355 figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil one If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **evil**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
639 1JN 5 20 je13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
640 1JN 5 20 j356 figs-explicit ἥκει 1 has come If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
641 1JN 5 20 n1nh figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **understanding**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
642 1JN 5 20 j357 figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus has enabled us to understand. Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand the truth” or “has enabled us to understand the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what Jesus has enabled us to understand. Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand the truth” or “has enabled us to understand the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
643 1JN 5 20 hvr7 figs-nominaladj τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 the True One … the True One John is using the adjective **True** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the One who is true … the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
644 1JN 5 20 j358 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 the True One … the True One John is speaking figuratively of God by association with the way that he is **True**. This could mean: (1) The God who is genuine, in contrast to false gods. Alternate translation: “the real God … the real God” (2) The God who is true in all that he says and does. Alternate translation: “God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do … God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
645 1JN 5 20 ge7c figs-metaphor ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 we are in the True One, in his Son Jesus Christ As in [2:5](../02/05.md), John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God and Jesus. This expression describes having a close relationship with God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “we have a close relationship with the true God, with his Son Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

6
en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
View File

@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 7 vqnb figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 7 vfdn ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 the deceiver and the antichrist In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
2JN 1 8 it9t figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Watch yourselves The implication is that the believers are to **watch** themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 8 i8n6 figs-explicit ἃ 1 what The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 8 i8n6 figs-explicit ἃ 1 what The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 8 r9ky figs-exclusive εἰργασάμεθα 1 we have worked for The word **we** here is inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2JN 1 9 mn3v figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ John refers to **the teaching of Christ** figuratively as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 9 x3ae figs-infostructure πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2JN 1 9 xty9 figs-explicit Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 does not have God To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 9 xty9 figs-explicit Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 does not have God To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
2JN 1 9 xwoe grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ 1 The one who remains in the teaching This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2JN 1 9 vg19 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 12 gq26 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 I did not want with paper and ink Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2JN 1 12 nx77 figs-metonymy διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 with paper and ink John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2JN 1 12 v4v2 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 to speak mouth to mouth The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2JN 1 12 auwq figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2JN 1 12 auwq figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2JN 1 12 hwtk figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 12 lt77 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 your joy might be made complete See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2JN 1 12 k9yt figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 your If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
36 2JN 1 7 vqnb figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37 2JN 1 7 vfdn ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 the deceiver and the antichrist In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
38 2JN 1 8 it9t figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Watch yourselves The implication is that the believers are to **watch** themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39 2JN 1 8 i8n6 figs-explicit ἃ 1 what The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40 2JN 1 8 r9ky figs-exclusive εἰργασάμεθα 1 we have worked for The word **we** here is inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
41 2JN 1 9 mn3v figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ John refers to **the teaching of Christ** figuratively as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
42 2JN 1 9 x3ae figs-infostructure πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
43 2JN 1 9 xty9 figs-explicit Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 does not have God To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
44 2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
45 2JN 1 9 xwoe grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ 1 The one who remains in the teaching This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
46 2JN 1 9 vg19 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
54 2JN 1 12 gq26 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 I did not want with paper and ink Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
55 2JN 1 12 nx77 figs-metonymy διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 with paper and ink John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
56 2JN 1 12 v4v2 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 to speak mouth to mouth The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
57 2JN 1 12 auwq figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
58 2JN 1 12 hwtk figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
59 2JN 1 12 lt77 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 your joy might be made complete See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
60 2JN 1 12 k9yt figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 your If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

88
en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
View File

@ -3,17 +3,17 @@ JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General intro
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JUD 1 1 m3v1 figs-explicit ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 m3v1 figs-explicit ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 p5yl figs-123person τοῖς…κλητοῖς 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 din3 figs-explicit τοῖς…κλητοῖς 1 That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 rih9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 2 wjsn translate-blessing ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ἔλεος…καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 Jude speaks of **mercy and peace and love** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 2 etoo figs-you ὑμῖν 1 The word **you** in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JUD 1 3 htjd figs-exclusive ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 3 htjd figs-exclusive ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 3 yfa8 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν 1 This clause could refer to: (1) that fact that Jude had intended to write about something different than this letter is about. Alternate translation: “although making every effort to write to you” (2) the time when Jude was writing. Alternate translation: “when making every effort to write to you”
JUD 1 3 mi3w περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation Alternate translation: “concerning the salvation we share”
JUD 1 3 kvkg figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “about how God saved us all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to Jude and his a
JUD 1 3 si1u figs-abstractnouns ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **necessity**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I needed to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
JUD 1 4 he1b grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Jude is leaving out words from this sentence that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **condemnation**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 4 g35s figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 4 esef figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -36,68 +36,68 @@ JUD 1 4 tmju figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 If your readers w
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “teaching that Jesus Christ is not our Master and Lord”
JUD 1 4 p7g6 figs-possession τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 5 pg0e figs-infostructure ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 5 xiss translate-textvariants ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JUD 1 5 z1h9 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
JUD 1 6 s3cn writing-pronouns δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 6 s3cn writing-pronouns δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness”
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in the utter darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 6 jzdj grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the angels have been imprisoned. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the judgment of the great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 6 k1c6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for the great day when God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 6 ccz6 figs-explicit μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 of the great day Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 6 ccz6 figs-explicit μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 of the great day Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 7 r3e9 writing-pronouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 7 r3e9 writing-pronouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 7 tr3y figs-abstractnouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι, 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sexual immortality**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 7 q9jk figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 7 wp6v σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 jhdl figs-abstractnouns πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **punishment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lordship**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 11 b33e figs-idiom οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς 1 The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 11 yg9b figs-explicit τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the way of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 zsdw ἐξεχύθησαν 1 Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
JUD 1 11 tmf2 figs-explicit τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “to the error of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 qlof figs-explicit τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κόρε 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the rebellion of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 tspu figs-pastforfuture ἀπώλοντο 1 Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 doxh figs-pastforfuture δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JUD 1 12 zk57 δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 13 n4oc writing-pronouns οἷς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 13 iast ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 14 crwg translate-names Ἑνὼχ 1 **Enoch** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
JUD 1 14 br8e translate-names Ἀδὰμ 1 **Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 14 marg writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 14 marg writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 14 yenq writing-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν…λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied … and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JUD 1 14 lu2y figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 14 acin figs-pastforfuture ἦλθεν Κύριος 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ JUD 1 16 a4le writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the
JUD 1 16 zs28 οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 16 jhrq κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”
JUD 1 16 xum2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could say this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
JUD 1 16 xum2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could express this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mouth speaks Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 nyja figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -127,37 +127,37 @@ JUD 1 18 toms ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 This phrase indicates that th
JUD 1 18 nlh9 figs-idiom ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου χρόνου 1 Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “In the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 18 j5m4 κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
JUD 1 19 r28j writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 19 r28j writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 19 l568 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **divisions**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metonymy ψυχικοί 1 Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 building yourselves up Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 c2o9 ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
JUD 1 20 uyfx figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 20 m3rg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 20 m3rg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 21 j9su translate-versebridge ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 21 okfy figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 22 ynz1 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 The phrase **some who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
JUD 1 23 gx9t ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 23 gx9t ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 23 ign7 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 23 uavk ἐν φόβῳ 1 This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 24 gq9e ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
JUD 1 25 m1g8 figs-abstractnouns Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Savior**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 25 db0v figs-abstractnouns τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Lord**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 25 kql5 figs-abstractnouns μόνῳ Θεῷ…δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority**, you could translate them with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
3 JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4 JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
6 JUD 1 1 m3v1 figs-explicit ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7 JUD 1 1 p5yl figs-123person τοῖς…κλητοῖς 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8 JUD 1 1 din3 figs-explicit τοῖς…κλητοῖς 1 That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9 JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10 JUD 1 1 rih9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11 JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12 JUD 1 2 wjsn translate-blessing ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
13 JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14 JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ἔλεος…καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 Jude speaks of **mercy and peace and love** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15 JUD 1 2 etoo figs-you ὑμῖν 1 The word **you** in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
16 JUD 1 3 htjd figs-exclusive ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
17 JUD 1 3 yfa8 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν 1 This clause could refer to: (1) that fact that Jude had intended to write about something different than this letter is about. Alternate translation: “although making every effort to write to you” (2) the time when Jude was writing. Alternate translation: “when making every effort to write to you”
18 JUD 1 3 mi3w περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation Alternate translation: “concerning the salvation we share”
19 JUD 1 3 kvkg figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “about how God saved us all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21 JUD 1 3 si1u figs-abstractnouns ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **necessity**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I needed to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22 JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
23 JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
24 JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25 JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
26 JUD 1 4 he1b grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27 JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
28 JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Jude is leaving out words from this sentence that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
29 JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30 JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **condemnation**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31 JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32 JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33 JUD 1 4 g35s figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
34 JUD 1 4 esef figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
36 JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “teaching that Jesus Christ is not our Master and Lord”
37 JUD 1 4 p7g6 figs-possession τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
38 JUD 1 5 pg0e figs-infostructure ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
39 JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40 JUD 1 5 xiss translate-textvariants ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
41 JUD 1 5 z1h9 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
42 JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43 JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
44 JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
45 JUD 1 6 s3cn writing-pronouns δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
46 JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness”
47 JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in the utter darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
48 JUD 1 6 jzdj grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the angels have been imprisoned. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the judgment of the great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
49 JUD 1 6 k1c6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for the great day when God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
50 JUD 1 6 ccz6 figs-explicit μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 of the great day Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51 JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
52 JUD 1 7 r3e9 writing-pronouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
53 JUD 1 7 tr3y figs-abstractnouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι, 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sexual immortality**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
54 JUD 1 7 q9jk figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
55 JUD 1 7 wp6v σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
56 JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57 JUD 1 7 jhdl figs-abstractnouns πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **punishment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
58 JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
59 JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
60 JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
61 JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
62 JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lordship**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
63 JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
64 JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
66 JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
67 JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
68 JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
69 JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
70 JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
71 JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 JUD 1 11 b33e figs-idiom οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς 1 The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
73 JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74 JUD 1 11 yg9b figs-explicit τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the way of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 JUD 1 11 zsdw ἐξεχύθησαν 1 Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
76 JUD 1 11 tmf2 figs-explicit τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “to the error of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
77 JUD 1 11 qlof figs-explicit τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κόρε 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the rebellion of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
78 JUD 1 11 tspu figs-pastforfuture ἀπώλοντο 1 Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
79 JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
80 JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81 JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
82 JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83 JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84 JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
85 JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86 JUD 1 12 doxh figs-pastforfuture δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
87 JUD 1 12 zk57 δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
88 JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
89 JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
90 JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91 JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
92 JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93 JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
94 JUD 1 13 n4oc writing-pronouns οἷς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
95 JUD 1 13 iast ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
96 JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 JUD 1 14 crwg translate-names Ἑνὼχ 1 **Enoch** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
98 JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
99 JUD 1 14 br8e translate-names Ἀδὰμ 1 **Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
100 JUD 1 14 marg writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
101 JUD 1 14 yenq writing-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν…λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied … and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
102 JUD 1 14 lu2y figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103 JUD 1 14 acin figs-pastforfuture ἦλθεν Κύριος 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
114 JUD 1 16 zs28 οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
115 JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
116 JUD 1 16 jhrq κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”
117 JUD 1 16 xum2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could say this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak” Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could express this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
118 JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mouth speaks Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119 JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
120 JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
121 JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
122 JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
123 JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
124 JUD 1 17 nyja figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
125 JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
127 JUD 1 18 nlh9 figs-idiom ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου χρόνου 1 Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “In the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
128 JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
129 JUD 1 18 j5m4 κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
130 JUD 1 19 r28j writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
131 JUD 1 19 l568 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **divisions**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
132 JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133 JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metonymy ψυχικοί 1 Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
134 JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
135 JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
136 JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 building yourselves up Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
137 JUD 1 20 c2o9 ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
138 JUD 1 20 uyfx figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
139 JUD 1 20 m3rg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit” This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
140 JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit” Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
141 JUD 1 21 j9su translate-versebridge ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
142 JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143 JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord” This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
144 JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
145 JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
146 JUD 1 21 okfy figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
147 JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
148 JUD 1 22 ynz1 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
149 JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 The phrase **some who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
150 JUD 1 23 gx9t ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire” This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
151 JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
152 JUD 1 23 ign7 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
153 JUD 1 23 uavk ἐν φόβῳ 1 This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
154 JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
155 JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156 JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
157 JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158 JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
159 JUD 1 24 gq9e ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
160 JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior” Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
161 JUD 1 25 m1g8 figs-abstractnouns Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Savior**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
162 JUD 1 25 db0v figs-abstractnouns τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Lord**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
163 JUD 1 25 kql5 figs-abstractnouns μόνῳ Θεῷ…δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority**, you could translate them with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])